Tigercat 855C L855C FELLER BUNCHER OPERATOR’S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

855C/L855C FELLER BUNCHER

OPERATOR’S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 85510101 TO 85511000 SERIAL NUMBER 85520101 TO 85521000

ISSUE 2.1 FEBRUARY, 2012 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

ii

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

Tigercat 855C/L855C FELLER BUNCHER TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................iii standards tops, fops, ops........................................................................................................... iv Non-approved Field Product Changes..................................................................................... v SAFETY..................................................................................................................................................... 1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.................................................. APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION................................................................................................................ 2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................... 3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

855C/L855C FELLER BUNCHER Available Literature Operator's Manual, English (this manual)............................................ Part No. 33293A Service Manual English........................................................................ Part No. 33294A Parts Catalog........................................................................................ Part No. 33295A

iii

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

iv

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

INTRODUCTION

Introduction

An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 855C/L855C Feller Bunchers Serial numbers:855C 85510101 TO 85511000 L855C 85520101 TO 85521000 NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Levelling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected. ie: 855*0101 to 855*1000.

The 855C/L855C Feller Buncher is designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 855C Feller Buncher. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the attachment. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance. ,,,,

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

This operator enclosure meets the following standards: oregon osha 437-007-0775:14a tip-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (tOPS) iso 8084: 1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) iso 8083: 1989 FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) iso 2867: 1994 sae j1356: feb 1988 oregon osha 437-007-0775:14b,c AS 4988: 2002 * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i)

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/ changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vi

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES

The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

Authorization by any other person is unacceptable.

Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Introduction

viii

Tigercat 855C/L855C FELLER BUNCHER SECTION 1 - SAFETY FEBRUARY, 2012

Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1 B

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH............................................................................................ 1.13 Battery safety....................................................................................................................... 1.6 C

CAB EXITS.................................................................................................................................... 1.7 COOLING SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 1.16 E

EMERGENCY CAB EXITS............................................................................................................ 1.7 ENGINE DOORS......................................................................................................................... 1.18 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS......................................................................................... 1.17 EXHAUST FUMES...................................................................................................................... 1.18 F

FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................... 1.12 FIRE PREVENTION.................................................................................................................... 1.25 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES.......................................................................... 1.29 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES.......................................................................................... 1.25 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED.................................................. 1.28 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE............................................................ 1.26 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS................................................................ 1.27 FLUID INJECTION INJURY........................................................................................................ 1.20 FLUID LEAKS............................................................................................................................. 1.16 G

GREASE INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................... 1.21 H

HAZARD ZONE............................................................................................................................. 1.3 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................... 1.16 L

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY.................................................................................................... 1.23, 1.24 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................... 1.22 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD..................................................................................................... 1.16 M

machine stability and traction.............................................................................. 1.9, 1.10 P

PARKING HAZARDS.................................................................................................................. 1.13 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING............................................................................................................ 1.2 S

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS.................................................................. 1.8 SAFETY LABELS.............................................................................................................. 1.30, 1.31 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL.......................................................................................... 1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING....................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING............................................................................ 1.14, 1.22 SAFETY SYMBOLS...................................................................................................................... 1.2 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................... 1.2 W

WELDING, PRIOR TO................................................................................................................ 1.15 Working with oil.................................................................................................................... 1.4

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.2

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

KEEP BACK 150M/500 FEET The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the harvesting head is operating.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150M 500 FEET

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

150M 500 FEET

150M 500 FEET

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handle when entering or leaving the cab.

150M 500 FEET

860c-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the 3 point technique; use 1 hand with 2 feet or 2 hands with 1 foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150M/500 feet away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

Note: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.3

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Check all fluid levels.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Working with oil Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

Some advice which should be observed:

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

• • •

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

•

• •

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

•

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

•

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• •

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

1.4

Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 600°F (315°C).

Maintain a distance of 10 ft. (3m) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 1/2 inch (10mm) for each addition 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire: •

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets, If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to vehicle moving instructions page in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately 5 minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

Note: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

Safety Hazards - Operating Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

1.5

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Avoid Injury from Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

WARNING Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

To avoid backover accidents:

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

• •

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems as follows: -

turn off master switch in cab

-

disconnect negative starter motor cable from both battery posts

-

disconnect positive master solenoid cable from both battery posts

• • •

Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

•

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulfuric acid which can severly damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.6

Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

Keep motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signaling.

Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

CAB EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

1. Front door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION. 2. Side door, should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS shut OFF engine before using the side door exit.

3. Escape hatch, this is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab.

ALWAYS shut OFF engine before using the escape hatch exit.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or defeated.

IMPORTANT: Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Shut off engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

WARNING

Never use a liquid staring aid to start an engine.

THIS MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A COMPUTER CONTROLLED HEATING ELEMENT IN THE ENGINE INTAKE SYSTEM. STARTING FLUIDS WILL EXPLODE ON CONTACT WITH THE HEATING ELEMENT.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.7

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety 4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

5. Do not turn on attachment until machine is at the harvesting site.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR: The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

SWITCH

WARNING

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling position attachment and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

If saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE until at the cutting site. Remove guard before starting engine.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

822-D02

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the yellow PILOT OFF light is ON before removing seat belt. DO NOT use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF. Note: The engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be defeated in any way.

To operate: Close the front door and press the pilot reset switch.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

CAUTION

1. When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

3. Never travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with attachment running.

1.8

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued machine stability and traction machines without leveller When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: •

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low center of gravity.

•

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.9

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued machine stability and traction machines with leveller This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

20° 860C-009

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1. Note that in any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping. When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware that the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

16° 860c-010

fig. 2 UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING angles

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping. To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following:

UPHILL reduced stability WORKING range

•

Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

•

Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

•

Keep the attachment as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

•

Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE

FIG. 1 WORKING RANGES

•

1.10

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued •

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

•

Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine.

When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while traveling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG.4). Be aware that the machine is in its least stable postion on a slope with the boom to the rear (see also FIG.1). Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

As you gain experience, recognize that the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware that these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. DO NOT attempt to work on slopes beyond your personal capability level.

• • •

•

•

•

•

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM UPHILL reduced stability WORKING range

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE

FIG. 1 WORKING RANGES

boom to front

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GRADE TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860c-013

CLIMBING SLOPE (FIG. 3)

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND

860c011

1.11

DESCENDING SLOPE (FIG 4.)

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in the tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth, teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in.

Pre-plan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Do not over load felling head.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area. NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.12

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Park machine at least 15 meters (50 feet) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Before leaving operator's cab, lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

When parking the machine; •

Park on level ground only and engage the swing brake.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower felling attachment onto level ground.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Turn the master disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

OFF 24863A

ON 24863A R0

NOTE: Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. If battery disconnect is turned off before this the engine ECM (Engine Control Module) will register a fault.

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

1.13

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

Warning, HOT FLUIDS and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in section 3 of the THIS MANUAL.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down. Turn Battery Disconnect switch OFF and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative cables first.

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER

Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

MANIFOLD

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

S855C001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in section 3 of this manual for details.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

1.14

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

disconnect the 6 PIN PLUG from the BACK OF THE DISPLAY MODULE

Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

822c-05

IQAN DISPLAY DISCONNECT

Disconnect the IQAN display 6 pin connector and the control module 42 pin connector.

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

disconnect the 42 PIN PLUG from the Xs MODULE

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable from all the batteries.

This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:MERCEDES ENGINE disconnect the two multi-pin plugs from the engine CONTROL UNIT

822c-04

H855C-01

engine control unit disconnect -RIGHT side of engine CUMMINS ENGINE

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR 822C-34

disconnect the two multi-pin plugs from the engine ecm

engine ECM disconnect -left side of engine

Disconnect the engine ECM (Engine Control Module) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and multipin connectors from the left side of the engine.

1.15

IQAN Xs MODULE DISCONNECT

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses.

Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (fig.1). Accumulators will self drain within 2 minutes of stopping the engine.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

stick cylinders fully extended

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

tip of stick boom fully supported 860C-001

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

PARKING BOOM FIG.1

1.16

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 85510401 TO 85511000 AND 85520401 TO 85521000

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

These machines are equipped with a switchable ER valve to provide ER boom function or non ER boom function. This function is switch on or off by joystick switches and the Computer Controller.

For complete details refer to ER MODE/NON ER MODE in section 2 of this manual.

WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System: Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head laying flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (fig. 2). c) The telescopic boom fully retracted (if equipped) and the tip of the stick boom supported at the rotator pin.

Do NOT rely on the harvester attachment to support the boom system during servicing.

Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the attachment to move unexpectedly. stick cylinders fully extended

tip of stick boom fully supported 860C-001

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.1

hoist cylinder fully retracted

tip of stick boom fully supported 860C-002

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.2

1.17

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING

WARNING

Always follow attachment manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching attachment head to make adjustments.

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

The boom system is intended for use in the tree felling applications only.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

CAUTION

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

When opening or closing power operated engine door, watch for personnel in door areas.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.18

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH a levelling system

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

DANGER

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

23526A R0

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Always install support braces in the levelling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

Dispose of fluids properly.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to attachment manufacturer's instructions.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by harvesting attachment manufacturer.

1.19

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

FLUID INJECTION INJURY Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

When searching for possible fluid leaks • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

• Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

•

Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

1.20

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 - 400 Bar (246 - 5801 psi).

It takes less than 7 Bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected, and the elapsed time between injection and surgery all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: •

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.21

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety LIGHTNING SAFETY

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS

In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.22

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety What to do if you are outside and see lightning or hear thunder.

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

If you can, get inside.

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

2. If inside a building:

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

•

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab:

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

1.23

•

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle.

Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

9. Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

10. Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.24

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety 4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

fire prevention

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder. If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

1.25

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only nonflammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 50 feet away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

fire prevention continued 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY or PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL. What to do to prepare for a MACHINE fire •

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.26

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

fire prevention continued •

•

•

• •

•

•

•

If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to fire DETECTION system in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to fire suppression system in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

Ensure that you follow all national, state / provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire

2. Shut the engine off.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant , diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available).

A fire suppressed by dry chemical may reignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area.

The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

1.27

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety What to do after a MACHINE fire HAS OCCURRED

fire prevention continued •

•

Before returning the machine to work.

1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

•

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

•

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

•

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by

•

•

2. Ensure that the fire detection system*

or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

Notify your equipment dealer and / or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine.

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

**NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems

are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

20229A

• • •

• •

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.28

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution.

Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.29

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety CRUSH HAZARD

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual.This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the boom when it is not properly supported.

The label also warns that the machine can be switched to ER and Non ER boom operation and that the boom and load will move when the switch between ER and Non ER operation is made.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the engine enclosure roof.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure roof. Operating the engine enclosure roof with personel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

Never work under or near an unsupported boom or attachment. Contact with a falling boom COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure roof pump.

Always lower the boom to the ground so that the weight of the boom and attachment is resting on the ground. Properly support and brace boom and shut off engine before performing service work.

1.30

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety CHECK DAILY

SAFETY LABELS FIRE PREVENTION!

This label is installed in the cab. In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

This label advises operator's of the following: Read understand and follow the FIRE PREVENTION guidelines in this manual.

These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

fire extinguisher ACCESS HOLE

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the engine door, pump compartment door and L.H. service door.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT!

1.31

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Safety

1.32

DANGER USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

CONTENTS COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW.......................................................... 7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY.............................. 8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS.............................................. 7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES...................................... 10 DANGERS.................................................................................... 3 FORWARD................................................................................... 2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS............................................... 2 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS.......................................................... 3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED............................... 2 STORED ENERGY................................................................... 2 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY........................... 9 SAW HEAD DON'TS.................................................................. 15 TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE........................... 4

Tigercat

5211A • R2-1101

PAGE 1 OF 16

®

using high speed disc saws safely forward:

Tigercat

®

Several types of heads involved Tigercat wheel type feller-bunchers and crawler feller-bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

Stored energy The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

Be aware of the hazards It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY 2 THROW AT THE CAB CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Safe practices It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

Other instructions It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

The Dangers

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing: • The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

3

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Type of Housing makes a Difference Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

If A SAW HEAD IS pushed against the side of a felled tree, SNOUTS PREVENT saw teeth FROM contacting wood.

Figure 3: Typical commonly used saw housing, continuous skirt with opening where trees are cut. Snouts on both sides of the mouth.

4

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

If A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS pushed against the side of a felled tree, saw teeth will contact wood.

Figure 4: another commonly used HOUSING plan with no snouts, blade teeth protrude ahead of the housing.

In figure 5 there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

nudged LOG will not contact saw teeth. extra length of snout WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF thrown material.

figure 5: HOUSING USES longer snout on IN-GOING side OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

5

using high speed disc saws safely Housing types cont.

Tigercat

®

In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

rear

front

figure 6a

figure 6b

figure 6c

figure 6: additional opening in the housing skirt.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

6

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions

Tigercat

®

Recognizing the Dangers While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials. Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

Direction of throw The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

Throw distance The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips. More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

Safe operating areas These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

Assessing the potential dangers on the job site The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns.

Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

7

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Regular maintenance Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

High angle wrist rotation ability When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

8

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH unguarded CHIP ESCAPE PORT

figure 7a

plan view of machine showing clockwise and counterclockwise blade rotation

figure 7b FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A guarded CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY

9

®

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

Throwing long wood pieces Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11. Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially. In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

a slab, which could later be thrown, might happen when not enough room in head to completely cut the last tree

slab

slab

n

i ed

fe

figure 8a: how a slab can be thrown from the side of a log

th dir row ec tio n

saw HOUSING HAS skis, BUT without snouts and blade teeth protrude ahead of the housing.

FIGURE 8

throw engagement distance FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO slab/log

®

SLAB

LOG a long throw engagement distance can cause a dangerous spear throw

FIGURE 8b SIDE VIEW

feed in

if the side of a log can contact the saw, the throw engagement distance can be long

10

FIGURE 8c top view

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact with the blade to reach near saw tip speed.

in feed FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO log pile

figure 9a: how a log can be thrown like a spear

saw HOUSING without snouts and blade teeth protrude ahead of the housing. throw engagement distance

small log LOG pile feed in

a saw housing without snouts allows a long throw engagement distance

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FIGURE 9c top view

if the side of a log can contact the saw, the throw engagement distance can be long

feed in

11

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown. uncut tree or stump backup

throw engagement distance

when only the end of a log can make contact with the saw, there is not much throw engagement distance

figure 10: felling head housing with snouts does not allow a long throw contact

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO log

Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming.

A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO stump (feed speed)

figure 11: a block of wood can be tossed when trimming stumps

12

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw blade throw gap Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

13

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw housing entrance and exit space To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

the ingoing entrance OF THE HOUSING for the saw rim of teeth should be small

The outgoing opening is larger to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out

figurE 13: Saw blade entrance and exit space

14

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds. Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

The following are some “Saw Head Don’ts” that apply particularly to throw prevention.

Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

Do not over speed the blade rpm.

Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

15

using high speed disc saws safely

16

Tigercat

®

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS & OPERATION FEBRUARY, 2012 Read and understand this entire manual including the SAFETY SECTION prior to operating this equipment. Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine.

CONTENTS - SECTION 2 A

ACCUMULATING ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK .............................................................. 2.8, 2.9 AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER CONTROLS .............................................................................. 2.36 AIR PRECLEANER ................................................................................................................... 2.91 AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) . ........................................................ 2.40 AM/FM STEREO CD ................................................................................................................. 2.45 ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ....................................................................................... 2.34 ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ................................................ 2.76 AUTO IDLE LIGHT .................................................................................................................... 2.32 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET .................................................................................................. 2.39 B

battery BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG ..................................................................................... 2.23 BATTERY COMPARTMENT 855*0101 to 855*0240 ......................................................................................................... 2.12 855*0241 to 855*1000 ......................................................................................................... 2.16 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH .......................................................................................... 2.32 BOOM CONTROLS BOOM, FORWARD/BACK . ............................................................................................. 2.8, 2.9 BOOM, UP/DOWN .......................................................................................................... 2.8, 2.9 TILT FUNCTION, FELLING HEAD .................................................................................. 2.8, 2.9 C

CARE OF THE MACHINE . ..................................................................................................... 2.104 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ....................................................................................................... 2.89 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ............................................................................................................. 2.39 CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK . ............................................................................. 2.8, 2.9 CLEANING REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (if applicable) ........................................... 2.107 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER ................................................................................................ 2.92 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM (IQAN MDM DISPLAY) ...................................................... 2.48 ALTERNATE MENUS ............................................................................................................ 2.50 CYCLE COUNTER ............................................................................................................ 2.50 MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL ........................................................................... 2.51 TREE COUNTER ..................................................................................................... 2.50, 2.51 CONTROL SYSTEM OVERVIEW ......................................................................................... 2.48 DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS ............................................................................... 2.52 ADJUST DATE TIME SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) ..................................................... 2.57 ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS (PROPERTIES MENU) .......................................... 2.58 ADJUST LCD DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS (SETTINGS MENU) ............................................ 2.55 ADJUST OUTPUTS (PROPERTIES MENU) ..................................................................... 2.60 LANGUAGE SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) ................................................................... 2.56 MENU DESCRIPTIONS . ................................................................................................... 2.53 MENU OPERATION . ......................................................................................................... 2.54 SOUND SETTINGS (SETTINGS MENU) .......................................................................... 2.56 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, ATTACHMENT ............................................. 2.76 ACCUMULATING ARM ...................................................................................................... 2.76 ADJUST OUTPUTS (WRIST) ............................................................................................ 2.81 CLAMP ARM ...................................................................................................................... 2.76 EXAMPLE - CLAMP FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT ............................................................ 2.77 WRIST . .............................................................................................................................. 2.76

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher & OPERATION Controls and operation SECTION 2 - CONTROLS ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, LEVELLING ................................................. 2.70 ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING ................................................................................ 2.72 ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELLING SPEED . ..................................................... 2.71 CHECKING LEVELLING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES) ....................................... 2.70 SYSTEM COMPONENTS ..................................................................................................... 2.48 SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES . ....................................................................................... 2.62 INFORMATION MESSAGES ............................................................................................. 2.63 MODULE IS OFFLINE SYSTEM WARNING ..................................................................... 2.62 WARNING MESSAGES . ................................................................................................... 2.62 CONTROL PANEL . ................................................................................................................... 2.34 COOLING ASSEMBLY .............................................................................................................. 2.92 COOLING FAN - SWITCH ........................................................................................................ 2.38 D

DISPLAY MODULE ................................................................................................................... 2.26 CHANGING FAULT CONVERSIONS .................................................................................... 2.28 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................. 2.26 FAULT CONVERSIONS ........................................................................................................ 2.28 KEYPAD FUNCTIONS .......................................................................................................... 2.26 START-UP OPERATION ....................................................................................................... 2.26 DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS .................................................................................................... 2.84 E

ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM ................................................................................. 2.24 EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH .............................................................. 2.46 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: ..................................................................... 2.46 ESCAPE HATCH ................................................................................................................... 2.45 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT ..................................................................... 2.46 MAINTENANCE GUIDE ........................................................................................................ 2.46 SIDE DOOR . ......................................................................................................................... 2.45 ENGINE AIR CLEANER ............................................................................................................ 2.90 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ........................................................................... 2.90, 2.91 ENGINE ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT . ....................................................................... 2.34 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES ............................................................................. 2.44 ENGINE OPERATED SYSTEM ................................................................................................ 2.24 ENGINE, RESTARTING AFTER ENGINE RUN OUT OF FUEL ............................................ 2.100 ENGINE, STARTING . ............................................................................................................... 2.98 ENGINE, STARTING, COLD WEATHER .................................................................................. 2.99 ENGINE, STOPPING .............................................................................................................. 2.100 ER BOOM SYSTEM, SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . ........................................... 2.103 F

FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................... 2.103 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .................................................................................................... 2.103 FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT ............................................................................................... 2.44 FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT ............................................................................. 2.44 FILTERS....................................................................................................... See also SECTION 3 FUEL TANK STRAINERS ...................................................................................................... 2.86 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) AUTOMATIC OPERATION .................................................................................................... 2.40 AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES ............................................................... 2.43 COMPONENT LOCATIONS .................................................................................................. 2.43 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM ........................................................................................... 2.41 IN CASE OF FIRE ................................................................................................................. 2.41 INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ............................................................... 2.42 MANUAL OPERATION .......................................................................................................... 2.40

2.2

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher & OPERATION Controls and operation SECTION 2 - CONTROLS FOOT PEDALS, TRACK DRIVE ............................................................................................... 2.10 FUEL HEATER SWITCH ........................................................................................................... 2.35 FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVES . ............................................................................................ 2.86 H

HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH .......................................................................................... 2.37 HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES (ENGINE) . ......................................................................... 2.44 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK . ........................................................................................................... 2.87 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ..................................................................... 2.88 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE . ............................................................................................. 2.88 HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP . ..................................................................................................... 2.87 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS .................................................................................................... 2.88 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) .............................................................................. 2.89 I

IGNITION KEY SWITCH ........................................................................................................... 2.35 INSTRUMENT PANEL AUTO IDLE LIGHT ................................................................................................................ 2.32 BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH .................................................................................... 2.32 BULB TEST - SWITCH ......................................................................................................... 2.33 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION .............................................................................. 2.25 ENGINE POWER DOOR - SWITCH ..................................................................................... 2.24 ER MODE - SWITCH . ........................................................................................................... 2.33 FILTER BYPASS, HYD. OIL - WARNING LIGHT .................................................................. 2.30 HYDRAULIC OIL LOW - LIGHT AND HORN ........................................................................ 2.30 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE - GAUGE, LIGHT AND HORN . ..................................... 2.29 LIGHTS, SERVICE - SWITCH . ............................................................................................. 2.25 MASTER ALARM . ................................................................................................................. 2.25 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF” - LIGHT ............................................................................................ 2.31 PILOT SYSTEM “ON” - LIGHT .............................................................................................. 2.31 POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH ..................................................................................... 2.24 SAW “ON” - LIGHT ................................................................................................................ 2.30 SERVICE LIGHTS ON - WARNING LIGHT . ......................................................................... 2.32 SERVICE MODE - SWITCH .................................................................................................. 2.33 TACHOMETER - GAUGE . .................................................................................................... 2.29 INTERIOR LIGHTS ................................................................................................................... 2.45 J

JOYSTICKS, LEFT AND RIGHT HAND .............................................................................. 2.8, 2.9 K

KEY SWITCH ............................................................................................................................ 2.35 L

LEVELLING CONTROLS, JOYSTICKS ...................................................................................... 2.9 LEVELLING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE . .................................................... 2.70 LIGHTS, INTERIOR .................................................................................................................. 2.45 LIGHTS, SERVICE . .................................................................................................................. 2.25 LOAD SENSING, OPERATING TIPS . .................................................................................... 2.102 M

MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP ......................................................................................... 2.101 MASTER ALARM ...................................................................................................................... 2.25 O

OPERATING MACHINE ............................................................................................................ 2.94 PRE-START CHECKS ........................................................................................................... 2.94 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING ............................................................................ 2.102 OPERATOR’S SEAT ................................................................................................................. 2.82

2.3

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 - CONTROLS & OPERATIONControls and operation P

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS . ................................................................................. 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR) ........................................................ 2.36 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF “- PUSH BUTTON SWITCH . ................................................................ 2.36 PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH ............................................................... 2.36 POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH ......................................................................................... 2.24 R

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (if applicable) . ............................................. 2.107 S

SAW - SWITCH ......................................................................................................................... 2.37 SERVICE ACCESS DOORS ..................................................................................................... 2.84 SERVICE LIGHTS . ................................................................................................................... 2.25 STARTING ENGINE CUMMINS QSL9 ................................................................................................................... 2.98 STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD . ................................................................................................... 2.45 SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT .................................................................................. 2.34 SWING CONTROL, JOYSTICK .......................................................................................... 2.8, 2.9 SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS 855*0101 to 855*0240 ............................................................................................... 2.12, 2.14 855*0241 to 855*1000 ..................................................................................... 2.16, 2.18, 2.20 860*1700 TO 860*2499, 870*1700 TO 870*2499 ................................................................. 2.22 T

THROTTLE SWITCH ................................................................................................................ 2.35 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG ................................................................................................... 2.96 TRACK DRIVE, FOOT PEDALS ............................................................................................... 2.10 TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ......................................................................... 2.37 TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) ............................................................................................ 2.102 W

WARM UP MODE ..................................................................................................................... 2.67 WARNING LIGHTS................................................................................See INSTRUMENT PANEL WINDOWS .............................................................................................................................. 2.104 CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS ......................................................................... 2.104 CAUTIONS . ..................................................................................................................... 2.106 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................... 2.106 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES ......................................................................... 2.106 FIRE PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................................................... 2.107 GRAFFITI REMOVAL . ..................................................................................................... 2.107 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE . .............................................................................. 2.105 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS . ..................................................................................... 2.105 RESISTANCE TO WATER ............................................................................................... 2.105 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH .......................................................................................................... 2.34 WRIST CONTROL, JOYSTICKS ........................................................................................ 2.8, 2.9

2.4

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

The pictograms used on this machine are as follows:

= Foot Pedal Control

= Air Conditioner ON

D

= Fuel - Diesel

= Air Conditioner OFF = Fuel Level Low = Air Source, Fresh Air

= Horn

= Air Source, Recirculate

= Hydraulic Oil Temperature

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V = Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

= Battery Disconnect

= Hydraulic Oil Level Low

= Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Engine ANTI-STALL

= Hydraulic Oil Level

= Engine Start = Hydraulic Oil Level High = Engine Stop

= Fan Auto Reversing/Cleaning

= Hydraulic Oil Level Low

= Fan Full ON

2.5

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS CONTINUED

Controls and operation

= Clamp arms CLOSE

= Interlock Reset ON

= Clamp arms OPEN = Interlock Reset OFF

= Wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE

= Lights, Work

= Lights, Engine Service

= Wrist CLOCKWISE

= Boom in = Head Tilt FORWARD = Boom out = Head Tilt BACK = Boom Up

= Boom Down

= Levelling LEFT

= Swing RIGHT

= Levelling RIGHT

= Swing LEFT

= Levelling FORWARD

= Accumulator arms OPEN = Levelling BACK = Accumulator arms CLOSE 2.6

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS CONTINUED

= L.H. Track FORWARD/REVERSE

= R.H. Track FORWARD/REVERSE

= Speed FAST or Hi

= Speed SLOW or LOW

= Switch ON

= Switch OFF

= Temperature

= Ventilation Blower Fan

2.7

Controls and operation

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

CONTROLS - CAB 2

1

860C-002

860C-003

1

2

45818BUNI R0

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper to the RIGHT. Move the joystick left to swing the upper to the LEFT. Accumulating Arms Thumb switch, lower left - Accumulation Clamp Arms Open Push the switch to OPEN the accumulator arms.

Clamp Arms/Shear Thumb switch, lower left - Clamp Arms/ Shear Close Push the switch to CLOSE the clamp arms/ shear.

Thumb switch, lower right - Clamp Arms/ Shear Open Push the switch to OPEN the clamp arms/ shear.

Thumb switch, center left (3) Programable function.

Thumb switch, center right (4) Programable function.

Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, lower right - Accumulation Clamp Arms Close Push the switch to CLOSE the accumulator arms.

Thumb switch, center left (1) Programable function.

Thumb switch, center right (2) Programable function.

Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch - Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist clockwise.

Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist counterclockwise.

2.8

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

2

1

860C-003

860C-002

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER levelling machines

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELLING MACHINES

Boom, Forward/Back Move the joystick back to move the boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper to the RIGHT. Move the joystick left to swing the upper to the LEFT. Accumulating Arms Thumb switch, lower left - Accumulation Clamp Arms Open Push the switch to OPEN the accumulator arms.

Thumb switch, lower right - Accumulation Clamp Arms Close Push the switch to CLOSE the accumulator arms.

Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Back Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head forward.

Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head back.

Clamp Arms/Shear Thumb switch, lower left - Clamp Arms/ Shear Close Push the switch to CLOSE the clamp arms/ shear.

Thumb switch, lower right - Clamp Arms/ Shear Open Push the switch to OPEN the clamp arms/ shear.

Thumb switch, center left (3) Programable function.

Thumb switch, center right (4) Programable function.

Levelling, Front/Back Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD.

Thumb switch, center left (1) Programable function.

Thumb switch, center right (2) Programable function.

Levelling, Left/Right Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the left.

Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the right.

Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD. Trigger switch - Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist clockwise.

Trigger switch, Wrist Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist counterclockwise.

2.9

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 3B

822-D06

Controls and operation

3A

FOOT PEDALS

3A. RIGHT FOOT PEDAL - RIGHT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with toe to drive RIGHT TRACK forward.

Depress foot pedal with heel to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE. 3B. LEFT FOOT PEDAL - LEFT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with toe to drive LEFT TRACK forward.

Depress foot pedal with heel to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE. Travelling Travel is accomplished by depressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

2.10

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER 4. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL LEVER OPTIONAL 860C-131

The speed control lever allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

Push the lever forward to increase the maximum speed.

Pull the lever back to decrease the maximum speed of the machine.

This lever can be used while the machine is in motion in either HI or LOW travel speed selections.

2.11

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

5A. SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS (855*0101 to 855*0400) There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM •

Main Electrical Fuse, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10 Amp Fuse, located in the rear compartment beside the battery box.

MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY

ELECTRICAL BOX 60A FUSE

amerex 10 AMP FUSE

h855c-10

BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSE & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY

2.12

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher •

Controls and operation

Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Rear Panel located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

H855C-02

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT

2.13

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS CONTINUED (855*0101 to 855*0400) •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics plug is on the left side of the instrument panel. Refer also to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

engine diagnostics plug

H855C-15

822c-10

engine diagnostics plug

2.14

CAB ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

Four 60 amp fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment protect the circuits for the work lights , engine ECM and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

H855C-02

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT amerex 10 AMP FUSE

A 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for service lights and master disconnect.

ELECTRICAL BOX 60A FUSE

booster jumper plug

A 10 amp in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when an AMEREX fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse “blows” again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

h855c-10

battery BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.15

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

5B. SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS (855*0401 to 855*1000) - MERCEDES ENGINE There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM •

Main Electrical Fuse, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10 Amp Fuse, located in the rear compartment beside the battery box.

10 AMP fss FUSE

BATTERY MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 60 AMP MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

•

10 AMP fss FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225C 860c-225D

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSEs & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 2.16

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher • Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Rear

Controls and operation

Panel located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT (855*0401 TO 855*1000) - MERCEDES ENGINE H855C-124

2.17

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS CONTINUED (855*0401 to 855*1000) - MERCEDES ENGINE •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics plug is on the left side of the instrument panel. Refer also to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

engine diagnostics plug

822c-07

engine diagnostics plug

822c-10

2.18

CAB ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

One 125 amp and four 60 amp fuses are installed in the Rear Compartment Fuse and Relay Panel ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

The fuses in the Rear Compartment Fuse and Relay Panel protect the circuits for the work lights , engine ECM, engine enclosure power door and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

H855C-124

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT

A 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for cab lights and service lights.

10 AMP (fss) FUSE

A second 60 amp fuse is located between the battery compartment and the hydraulic fill pump electrical circuit to provide unswitched power for the electrically operated fill pump.

A 10 amp in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when a fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse “blows” again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

booster jumper plug

battery BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG 860C-225A

A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.19

10 AMP (fss) FUSE

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

5C. SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS (855*0401 to 855*1000) - CUMMINS ENGINE There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM •

Main Electrical Fuse, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10 Amp Fuse, located in the rear compartment beside the battery box.

10 AMP fss FUSE

BATTERY MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 10 AMP fss FUSE

60 AMP MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225a 860c-225b

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSEs & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 2.20

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher •

Controls and operation

Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Rear Panel located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

H860C-01

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT (855*0401 TO 855*1000) - CUMMINS ENGINE

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT (855*0401 TO 855*1000) - CUMMINS ENGINE 2.21

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SYSTEM FUSES AND RELAYS CONTINUED •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics plug is on the left side of the instrument panel. Refer also to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

engine diagnostics plug

engine diagnostics plug

HARVESTER RELAYS (OPTIONAL)

1.

2.

1.

3A

8.

3A

15.

2A

22.

7.5A

2.

10A

9.

5A

16.

7.5A

23.

5A

3.

15A

10.

10A

17.

5A

24.

4.

15A

11.

15A

18.

25A

25.

15A

5.

15A

12.

3A

19.

30A

26.

15A

6.

10A

13.

5A

20.

10A

27.

15A

21.

15A

28.

A/C OFF RELAY

CAB FRONT LIGHT RELAY

CAB LEFT LIGHT RELAY

SAW RELAY

12 VOLT BACK UP BATTERY RELAY

5A

LEVEL REAR

RUN RELAY

35.

START RELAY

*IGNITION

34.

LEVEL FORWARD

*

15A

IGNITION ACCESSORY RELAY

A/C HEAT COMBO RELAY

10A

LEVEL RIGHT

PILOT RELAY

32.

PANEL ALARM RELAY

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

CAB FRONT LIGHT RELAY

31.

LEVEL LEFT

3.

4.

5.

6.

33.

14.

15A

7.

7.5A

PUMP 2

FUSES

REPLACE FUSES WITH SAME VALUES AS INDICATED

30.

PUMP 1

CAB ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

822c-10

29.

822c-07

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

IQAN MDM A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY, IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS IQAN XT2 IQAN XP2 (15 AMP, OPTIONAL) HARVESTER KEY SWITCHED POWER (15 AMP, HARVESTER ONLY) 24 VOLT AUXILIARY POWER (MAX. 10 AMP FUSE) SPARE INSTRUMENT PANEL FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE IQAN XS MOTION ALARM, SEAT COMPRESSOR, VOLTAGE CONVERTER KEY SIGNAL PANEL ALARM, DOOR SENSORS PILOT CIRCUIT SPARE ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TOOL POWER POWER ROOF SIGNAL BOTTOM FUELING (5 AMP, OPTIONAL) VOLTAGE CONVERTER A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT CAB DOME LIGHTS, WORK LIGHT SWITCH HARVESTER CONSTANT POWER (15 AMP, HARVESTER ONLY) IGNITION KEY SWITCH ENGINE ECM RUN SIGNAL SPARE CAB LEFT WORK LIGHTS 2 CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS 2 CAB FRONT WORK LIGHTS SPARE RADIO, CB/TWO WAY RADIO 12 VOLT POWER OUTLET RADIO KEY SIGNAL 12 VOLT AUXILARY POWER (MAX. 10 AMP FUSE) SPARE SPARE ENGINE PRE-HEAT (5 AMP OPTIONAL)

FOR 12 VOLT TWO WAY RADIOS

TELESCOPIC RELAYS (OPTIONAL)

TELESCOPIC BOOM IN

CONNECT POWER LEAD TO TERMINAL 497 FOR CONSTANT POWER AND BATTERY BACK UP - OR CONNECT TO TERMINAL 500 AND ADD FUSE IN LOCATION 32 FOR ON/OFF WITH IGNITION KEY. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE OPERATORS MANUAL

TELESCOPIC BOOM OUT

note: item 31 8xx*2101 to 8xx*2152 = 3Amp 8xx*2153 and up = 15 amp

*

USE ONLY Tigercat AM1321 TIME DELAY RELAY

45330beng r0

2.22

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

Two 125 amp and three 60 amp fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Panel Rear Compartment protect the circuits for the work lights , engine ECM, engine enclosure power door and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

H860C-01

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - REAR COMPARTMENT

A 60 amp fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for cab lights and service lights.

10 AMP (fss) FUSE

A second 60 amp fuse is located between the battery compartment and the hydraulic fill pump electrical circuit to provide unswitched power for the electrically operated fill pump.

A 10 amp in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when a fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse “blows” again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

10 AMP (fss) FUSE

booster jumper plug

battery BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225A

A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper frame, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.23

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

INSTRUMENT PANEL

3

1

POWER ENGINE DOOR

2

The engine power door (enclosure) is operated by two types of hydraulic systems:

•

Engine Operated Hydraulic System. Used on 855*0101 to 855*0400.

OR

•

4

Electric Pump Operated Hydraulic System.

Used on 855*0401 to 855*1000

ENGINE OPERATED SYSTEM The engine operated hydraulic system requires the engine to be running for door opening and closing operation. The main pump supplies hydraulic oil to the power door manifold assembly located in the hydraulic valve compartment.

5

NOTE ALSO: In the event of engine start trouble it should be possible to open the door while cranking the engine even if the engine does not start.

6

ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED SYSTEM The electric pump operated system has a seperate electric powered hydraulic pump to open and close the power door .

The electric pump assembly is located in the compartment behind the cab above the hydraulic tank. This system is self contained, in which it has it’s own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) reservoir.

7

8

1. POWER ENGINE DOOR - SWITCH This is a three position “momentary” switch labelled open - close, spring return to center OFF position. Push and hold switch in OPEN position to OPEN door or push and hold in CLOSE position to CLOSE door.

NOTE: The power engine door is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when door is moved. Refer to SERVICE ACCESS DOORS later in this section for more details about the power engine door and the hydraulic fluid recommendations.

9 10 11 12

20

13 14 15

CAUTION

16

Watch for personnel in area of power door before opening door.

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.24

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

2. SERVICE LIGHTS - SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON - OFF. Use to turn ON the six service lights located in the engine compartment, pump area and valve area. The service light indicator light item 17 will also be turned on when this switch is ON. 3. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturer’s programming to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

4. MASTER ALARM This alarm will sound to alert the operator that an alarm condition has been detected and should be dealt with immediately. The master alarm is triggered by: Bulb test switch Hydraulic oil extremely low switch (light) Hydraulic oil temperature switch (light) Engine alarms (IQAN, J1939 red stop signals) Refer also to HYDRAULIC OIL LOW LIGHT, HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE LIGHT, COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES and INSTRUMENT PANEL ~ ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTIC MODULE in THIS SECTION. 5. PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX OIL TEMP-GAUGE Not used for this machine configuration.

3

1 2

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12

20

13 14 15 16

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.25

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

6. DISPLAY MODULE

NOTE: Refer to engine manufacturer’s Operations Manual (supplied with the machine) for detailed information.

1

7

2 3

4 244-046

244-022

DISPLAY MODULE

5

6

DISPLAY MODULE

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

The Display Module is the operator interface with the electronic engine.The Display Module is a multifunction tool that enables the operator to view various engine parameters and service codes. The display module includes a graphical backlit LCD screen controlled via menu selection. The display can show either a single parameter or a quadrant display showing 4 parameters simultaneously.

Diagnostic capabilities include fault codes with text translation for the most common fault conditions.

KEYPAD FUNCTIONS

The Display Module has four buttons used to navigate the display with ease.

MENU KEY - This key is pressed to enter or exit menu screens.

Display Parameters

LEFT ARROW KEY - This key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the left or down.

The following are some of the functions displayed by the Display Module:

1. Amber Warning LED 2. Display 3. Menu Key 4. Left Arrow Key 5. Right Arrow Key 6. Enter Key 7. Red Shutdown LED

RIGHT ARROW KEY- This key is pressed to scroll through the screen either moving the parameter selection toward the right or up.

• Hydraulic oil temperature (sensor reading) • Engine RPM • Engine Hours • Machine Hours • System Voltage • % Engine Load at the current RPM • Coolant Temperature • Oil Pressure • Fuel Economy • Engine Manifold Air Temperature • Current Fuel Consumption • Active Service Codes • Stored Service Codes from the engine • Set Units for display (English or Metric) • Engine Configuration Parameters

ENTER KEY - This key is pressed to select the parameter that is highlighted on the screen.

Refer to manufactures Operations Manual (supplied with the machine) for detailed information.

START-UP OPERATION When power is first applied to the Display Module, the “Logo Screen” will be displayed, the “Wait to Start” message will be displayed.

Once the “Wait to Start” message is no longer displayed the operator may start the engine.

When the engine has started the display will show the single engine parameter display.

2.26

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 3

1 2

SINGLE PARAMETER DISPLAY Main Menu Navigation 1. Starting at the single or four engine parameter display, depress the “Menu Button”.

244-007

4

5

6

244-047

2. The first seven items of the “Main Menu” will be displayed.

3. Pressing the “Arrow Buttons” will scroll through the menu selections.

4. Pressing the right arrow button will scroll down to reveal the last items of “Main Menu” screen highlighting the next item down.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the desired menu item or press the “Menu Button” to exit the Main menu and return to the engine parameter display.

7

8

FAULTS AND WARNINGS During normal operation the single or four parameter screen will be displayed. When the Display Module receives a fault code from the engine control unit the single or four parameter screen will be replaced with the “Active Fault Codes” message.

9 10 11 12

To acknowledge and “Hide” the fault and return to the single or four parameter display press the “Enter Button”. The display will return to the single or four parameter screen.

! ! !

20

13 14 15

- Indicates Auxiliary Gage Fault.

16

- Indicates Fault Warning

17

- Indicates Derate or Shutdown Fault

18

21

19

Pressing the “Enter Button” will redisplay the hidden fault. Pressing the “Enter Button” once again will hide the fault and return the screen to the single or four parameter display.

H855C-03

2.27

INSTRUMENT PANEL

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ADDRESS: 20 RVIEW OPERATION continued SOFTWARE REVISION #: ERRORS: NONE ms or press “Menu” 11. Using the “Arrow” buttons scroll to highlight the version to be selected. Press the“Select” button to select the version. Note that an asterisks appears to the right of the selection.

NOTE: There are four (4) different methods for converting fault codes.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher E The PowerView always looks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to use 6. Press “Menu Button” to return to the “Utilities” menu. one of the three (3)The other J1939 Mostbe engine ECU’s use NOTE: faultversions. can only cleared by Versioncorrecting 4, therefore in the most cases adjustment of fault this menu option will cause of the condition.

1 of x not be required.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Upon receiving an CONVERSIONS unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 FAULT ADDRESS: Version. If the fault SPN does not change20 when the version is changed, the SOFTWARE REVISION #:4 4.different NOTE:theThe has ECU generating fault isdisplay using Faultmodule Conversion method If the SPN ERRORS: NONE number does change but is still unrecognizable, try changing toThe another methods of converting fault codes. default menu.

J1939 Version not yet and continue to check SPNthis number. version is used J1939 Version 1. the For machine

because J1939 it is VERSION equipped with a Mercedes 11 VERSION * J1939 VERSION 2 version is factory set to engine the fault code J1939 VERSION 3 J1939 Version 2. If “Remove the power is disconnected 7. Use the “Arrows” to highlight All Gages”.

Press “Select” to clear gage databatteries from memory.the It takes a moment to clear all gages. at the display module will default back to J1939 Version 1 when the power is restored. If this happens the display module GAGES must be reset to CLEARING J1939 Version 2.

E

Press “Select” to r all gages.

PLEASE WAIT

Fault Convertion” convertion menu.

nu.

to

HOUR METER There are two options available for displaying hours: TOTAL ENGINE HOURS - displays total hours the engine has run as provided by the engine computer.

SOFTWARE VERSION MURPHY: X.XX

MACHINE HOURS - displays the total hours the engine has run as calculated by the display module.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE This display indicates the engine oil pressure reading. If the oil pressure drops below the normal* operating pressure the LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE - RED LED will turn ON, stop engine and determine cause. Check engine oil pressure every time the engine is started.

9. Press “Menu” to return to “Utilities”. Highlight “Fault Convertion” 11.

Using the “Arrow” buttons scroll highlight the convertion version to be using the “Arrows”.

Press “Select” to to enter the Fault menu. selected. Press the“Select” button to select the version. Note that an GAGE DATA asterisks appears to the right of the selection.

REMOVE ALL GES NOTE: There are four (4) different methods for converting fault codes.

SOFTWARE VERSION FAULT CONVERTION FAULT CONVERSION The PowerView always looks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to use one of the three (3) other J1939 versions. Most engine ECU’s use ENGINE COOLANT TEMPerature Version 4, therefore in most cases adjustment of this menu option will not be required.

This display indicates the coolant temperature Upon receiving an unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 reading. If the temperature rises beyond Version.

If theUTLITIES fault SPN doesmenu not change when theon version changed, the The appears theisdisplay. normal* operating temperatures. The ENGINE ECU generating the fault is using Fault Conversion method 4. If the SPN Use the arrow buttons to scroll down to Fault COOLANT TEMPERATURE - RED LED will number does change but is still unrecognizable, try changing to another PV-02124N page 15 of 17 Conversion menu.

Press the enter button. come on, stop engine, and determine cause.

J1939 Version not yet used and continue to check the SPN number.

PV-02124N page 15 of 17

ress “Select” to all gages.

*

SELECT UNITS TACHOMETER ADJUST BACKLIGHT This display indicates the rpm of the engine.

UTILITIES

menu. Use the arrow buttons to scroll down to the UTILITIES menu. Press the enter RVIEW OPERATION continued button.

s or press “Menu”

J1939 VERSION VERSION11

J1939 VERSION 2 LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE - RED LED J1939 VERSION 3 This light will come on when the engine oil pressure falls below the normal* operating pressure. If this light comes ON stop the engine and determine cause.

SETUP 4-UP DISPLAY

12. Press the “Menu” button to return to “Utilities” menu. Press the thetomenu to display “Menu”Press button again to returnbutton to the “Main” menu. the main

matically returns to Press “Select” to w.

are:

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPerature - RED LED This willbutton come on towhen the menu. engine 12. Press thelight “Menu” to return “Utilities” Press the coolant temperature rises above normal* “Menu” button again to to return to the “Main” menu. operating temperatures. If this light comes STORED CODES ON stop engine and determine cause. Do not ENGINE CONFG continue to operate machine.

SETUP 1-UP DISPLAY

CHANGING FAULT CONVERSIONS

STORED CODES ENGINE CONFG SETUP 1-UP DISPLAY 8. When the gageSETUP data has cleared, the display automatically returns 4-UP DISPLAY SELECT UNITS the “Utilities” menu.

Scroll to “Software Version”. Press “Select” to view the softwareADJUST versionBACKLIGHT currently in the PowerView.

UTILITIES

The PowerView always looks for J1939 Version 4 and can be set to use one of the three (3) other J1939 versions. Most engine ECU’s use Version 4, therefore in most cases adjustment of this menu option will not be required.

Upon receiving an unrecognizable fault, change to a different J1939 Version. If the fault SPN does not change when the version is changed, the ECU generating the fault is using Fault Conversion 4. If the SPN Controls andmethod operation number does change but is still unrecognizable, try changing to another Somenot ofyet the display andtowarning functions J1939 Version used and continue check the SPN number.

J1939 VERSION VERSION11 J1939 VERSION 2 J1939 VERSION 3

Do not continue to operate machine.

*

VOLTAGE DISPLAY Normal operating range is between 26-28 volts. A reading in excess of 29 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator. A reading of less than 24 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

The Fault Conversions menu appears on the display. Use the arrow buttons to scroll down to J1939 Version and topress themenu. enterPress button 12. Press the “Menu” button to2return “Utilities” the make the “Menu”tobutton again to selection. to return to the “Main” menu.

Press the STORED menu CODES button ENGINE CONFG desired display .

SETUP 1-UP DISPLAY SETUP 4-UP DISPLAY SELECT UNITS ADJUST BACKLIGHT UTILITIES

*NOTE: Refer to engine manufacturer’s Operations Manual (supplied with the machine) for detailed information and normal operating readings.

to return to the 2.28

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

7. FUEL LEVEL - GAUGE Fuel Tank Capacity when full:

Standard Tank - 1003 L (265 gal US)

3

1 2

Optional Tank - 1270 L (335 gal US)

8. TACHOMETER - GAUGE This gauge displays the engine speed.

Refer to throttle switch in this section for engine speeds.

4

9. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE - GAUGE, WARNING LIGHT AND HORN Displays the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the hydraulic reservoir.

5

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended range listed in the HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system fan in REVERSE for about 10 seconds by pressing the cooling fan CLEAN switch. If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop engine and check for: •

6

Plugged oil cooler, radiator, A/C condenser or door screen

•

Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit

•

Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system

•

Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system

•

Low hydraulic oil level in reservoir

7

8

A RED warning light (10) will come on and a warning alarm (4) will sound when the hydraulic oil temperature goes above 96°C (205°F). This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil.

9 10

NOTE: *Hydraulic oil temperature warning alarm threshold varies depending on Oil Grade selected. Operator must use the temperature gauge, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

11 12

20

13 14 15 16

10. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE - WARNING LIGHT (RED)

21

17

This light will come on and a warning alarm (4) will sound when the hydraulic oil temperature goes above 96°C (205°F).

18 19

H855C-03

2.29

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

11. HYDRAULIC OIL LOW - WARNING LIGHT AND HORN (RED)

3

This light will come on when the oil level falls 10 gal. US (38L) below the FULL mark.

The light will stay on and a HORN will sound when the oil level falls 18 gal. US (68L) below the FULL mark. When the light first comes on stop engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks. Repair leaks and refill the tank to FULL mark on the sight gauge.

Restart engine and inspect for leaks. When the horn sounds stop the engine immediately.

Operating machine with low hydraulic oil can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

1 2

4

12. FILTER BYPASS - WARNING LIGHT (RED)

5

This light comes on when an oil flow restriction in excess of 15 psi is encountered at the return filters manifold. When this occurs the filters require immediate service.

Excessive pressure drop through the return filters can cause the filter bypass valve to open.

6

If the light comes on during cold start-ups, the engine speed should be reduced to MINIMUM throttle to allow the filter bypasses to close.

7

13. SAW “ON” LIGHT (AMBER)

8

This light is on when power is being supplied to the attachment’s control systems. It comes ON when the saw switch is turned to the ON position. It is possible that the light will not be on even though the saw switch is in the on position due to the pilot system not being reset, this will be indicated by the pilot off light being ON. In this case press the PILOT RESET switch* and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

9 10 11

NOTE ALSO: The function of this switch may vary depending on the attachment model used and method of installation. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

12

20

13 14 15 16

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.30

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

14. PILOT “OFF” LIGHT (Amber)

3

1

This light comes on when the pilot system has been de-activated*.

2

15. PILOT “On” LIGHT (GREEN) This light comes on when the pilot system is activated by the pilot reset switch*. *When the ignition key switch is in the RUN position, either the PILOT OFF or the PILOT ON will be lit. If neither are lit then the state of the SAFETY INTERLOCK SYSTEM is unknown and should be checked out immediately.

4

WARNING

5

Do not, under any circumstances allow the pilot system to be re-activated without an operator in the cab.

6

For more information on the pilot shut off system see PILOT SYSTEM OFF SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

7

8

9 10 11 12

20

13 14 15 16

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.31

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

16. ROOF/DOOR OPEN - WARNING LIGHT (AMBER)

3

This light comes on when the engine enclosure door/roof is left open for more than 2 seconds. An alarm will sound and a warning message will be shown on the IQAN MDM display. The warning can be acknowledged on the IQAN MDM to silence the alarm but the warning light will stay on until the open door/roof is closed.

1 2

4

NOTE: When the engine door/roof is open the computer function parameter for the cooling fan SERVICE MODE should be reset by the service technician to 1.0=on. This function reverses the cooling fan rotation (when the engine is running) while the engine door/roof is open. Reset the SERVICE MODE back to 0.0=off when service is complete.

5

Whenever a Service Technician is in the Service Compartment performing tests with the engine running, reversing the fan rotation redirects the airflow away from the service technician.

6

Refer also to ENCLOSURE DOOR/ ROOF OPEN warning messages THIS SECTION.

7

17. SERVICE LIGHTS ON - WARNING LIGHT (AMBER)

8

This light will come on and when the service lights are turned ON. The light will remain ON even if the Battery Disconnect Switch is turned OFF. 18. BLANK 9 10 11 12

20

13

24863A

14

19. BATTERY DISCONNECT - SWITCH This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits. Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. This is done to avoid an engine fault from being displayed on the PowerView display module.

15 16

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.32

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

20. BULB TEST SWITCH

3

This is a two position “momentary” switch.

Press and hold this switch in the ON position to test the bulbs in the warning lights. Replace the bulb in any light that does not come ON. If the light does not come ON after inserting a new bulb, check the fuse or circuit breaker.

Bulbs should be tested at the start of each shift.

1 2

4

21. SERVICE MODE - SWITCH (MACHINES 855*0101 to 855*0400) This SERVICE MODE SWITCH (with light) has two positions, ON and OFF. OFF is the position the switch should be in to allow the cooling fan to operate in the normal mode.

ON is used whenever a Service Technician is in the Service Compartment performing tests with the engine running. Reversing the fan rotation redirects the airflow away from the service technician.

5

6

When service checks are complete place the switch in the OFF position.

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES ~ INFORMATION MESSAGES in THIS SECTION for a description of the FAN SERVICE MODE information message displayed when this switch is in the ON position.

7

8

21. ER MODE - SWITCH (MACHINES 855*0401 to 855*1000) This is a two position “momentary” switch that allows the operator to toggle ER ON or ER OFF NOTE: When the ignition is turned off and then the machine is restarted the ER function will be ON (the default is ER ON).

To turn the ER function OFF press the switch momentarily.

The computer monitor will sound an alarm when ever the ER is turned ON or OFF and when ever the pilot switch is reset .

The computer will display the following: ER MODE - CURRENTLY ON or ER MODE - CURRENTLY OFF Press the F1 button on the front of the computer display to turn the alarm OFF and acknowledge the change to ER function.

Refer also to COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM ER MODE for more information.

9 10 11 12

20

13 14 15 16

21

17 18 19

H855C-03

2.33

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 1

2

Controls and operation

3

6

FORWARD CONTROL PANEL

860C-011

CONTROL PANEL

2. SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON /OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

1. ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON /OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

CAUTION

This switch turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time. It should be in the ON position during normal machine operation at FULL throttle and in OFF position when operating at less than FULL throttle.

• Turning ON the swing brake while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox • NEVER operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

If engine stalling occurs, check: (a) The ANTI-STALL switch is in the ON position. (b) The 10 amp fuse located on the cab fuse and relay panel.

5

4

This fuse is labelled A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS.

3. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON /OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS.

(c) Malfunction of the anti-stall system.

2.34

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

4. FUEL HEATER SWITCH

Maintaining Correct Engine RPM.

This is a two position switch labelled ON /OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the FUEL HEATER.

It is most important that the IDLE and FULL RPMs. of the engine be correct at all times: MERCDES:

An automatic thermostat turns the fuel heater on when the fuel temperature drops below 45°F and off when the fuel temperature reaches 75°F.

IDLE

850 to 900 RPM (No Load)

FULL

2150 to 2200 RPM max (No Load)

RATED WORKING 2200 RPM

5. IGNITION KEY SWITCH

CUMMINS:

This is a three-position switch labelled OFF/ RUN/START. OFF Position - All electrical power through the ignition switch is turned “OFF”

IDLE

900 to 950 RPM (No Load)

FULL

2150 to 2260 RPM max (No Load)

RATED WORKING 2200 RPM NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to IDLE.

RUN Position - Connects the battery to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

These speeds are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated and without pilot system engaged. These speeds are pre-set into the engine CPU (computer) and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software. Check engine speed regularly with engine diagnostics module.

START Position - Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine. NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the large pilot off switch button DOWN (item 9, on the rear control panel).

WARNING

WARNING: Under no circumstances allow the full throttle engine speed to vary from the recommended settings; particularly faster, this could cause serious damage to the pumps.

Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

WARNING

WARNING Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a FLAMESTART starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

6. THROTTLE SWITCH This is a three position “momentary” switch connected into the engine CPU circuit to adjust the engine RPM. between The (IDLE) and (FULL) throttle set points.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm. or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

WARNING

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm. or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element.

2.35

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 7 C

B

8

10

9

Controls and operation 11

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

7. AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER

8. PILOT SYSTEM RESET - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

The three controls on this panel are used to adjust the heating and air conditioning temperature for operator comfort in the operator’s cab.

This is a push on spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system.

The pilot ON light will be ON and the pilot OFF light will be OFF.

A. A/C SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON - OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling.

NOTE: The front door must be closed to ACTIVATE the pilot system. The side door exit WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system when opened.

B. FAN SPEED - OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH

13

A

822c-14

12

This is a rotary, four position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

C. HEAT/COOL - VARIABLE

This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning. See NOTE below.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Also refer to HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVE, in THIS SECTION.

Refer also to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

822-D02

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

9. PILOT SYSTEM OFF - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF light will be ON and the pilot ON light will be OFF. The pilot system can be REACTIVATED when the PILOT RESET button (item 8) is pressed with the front door closed.

WARNING If pilot off button does not stop functions, turn ignition key off.

2.36

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

10. TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT

11. HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH

This is a two position switch labelled LOW and DRIVE.

This is a two position “momentary” switch.

Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

IMPORTANT: This switch when in DRIVE provides infinitely variable travel speeds/torque ranges, unlike similar travel range controls on some types of construction equipment.

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

12. SAW - SWITCH

LOW: Placing the switch in the LOW position will provide the slowest travel speed but with increased torque or driving force.

This is a two position switch labelled ON/ OFF. Use this switch to turn the saw ON. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned on accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

It is recommended that during all harvesting functions and when travelling on slopes that the range switch be placed in the LOW position to maximize drive motor life. Low position is indicated by a light on the Track Low/drive switch.

Place throttle in FULL position before turning saw ON.

DRIVE: When this switch is in the DRIVE position the travel speed (and torque) ranges of the drive system become infinitely variable and will automatically adjust to any point between the HIGH and LOW speed/torque set points, relative to the terrain or load conditions.

NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the saw will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

It should be noted that the available torque when travelling at maximum speed is only half of that in LOW.

NOTE ALSO: On Harvester Model Machines this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems.

The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

However, when the machine encounters tougher terrain conditions, e.g. stumps, soft ground or slopes etc., the drive system will automatically adjust* to a slower travel speed/ higher torque range. *This amount of adjustment can be anywhere from a slight reduction in speed to all the way down to LOW, this will be dependant on the terrain conditions encountered.

NOTE: The operator should be aware that this automatic speed/torque range adjustment will cause the machine to gradually slow down over a period of 1 to 2 seconds, due in part to the infinitely variable displacement drive motors used. When travelling on relatively flat terrain it is not necessary to place the range switch in the LOW position .

2.37

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 7 C

B

8

9

10

Controls and operation 11

12

13

14

15

A

822c-14

REAR CONTROL PANEL

13. COOLING FAN - SWITCH This is a three position switch, labelled CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON*. This switch along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

The electronic control module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

AUTO POSITION - AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch.

When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up, slow down or stop all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil (refer to fan and alarm temperature chart below).

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed when engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

2.38

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 7 C

822c-14

B

8

9

10

Controls and operation 11

12

13

14

15

A

REAR CONTROL PANEL

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) POSITION - When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel on the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

The electronic fan control will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

Note: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the computer control system (frequency is adjustable). Refer also to COMPUTER ~ INFORMATION MESSAGES and COMPUTER ~DIAGNOSTIC ~ ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION.

CLEAN POSITION - Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN positon will start automatic reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down). Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens. By “reversing” the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator. Note that the pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

14. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (12V) A 12 volt outlet with a 15 amp capacity for portable devices such as cell phones.

15. CIGARETTE LIGHTER (24V) Cigar/Cigarette lighter (24 volt).

2.39

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation The discharge is triggered either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator .

The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system. It also, automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats. “system OK” light

“push to test” button

16. AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) The machine leaves the factory with the

AMEREX fire suppression system fully activated*.

The system is not certified for use, certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer.

h855-082

AUTOMATIC OPERATION There are 7 thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to “close” at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the system.

*NOTE:

Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge. The inline fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and wire tied to the fuse holder.

NOTE: A pre-delivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps.

Refer to INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in THIS SECTION.

RED FIRE BUTTON

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements. h855-082

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

system control panel

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHes 860c-123

MANUAL OPERATION The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch.

To manually operate the system: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin.

3.Press red FIRE button.

An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin. 2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

860c-256

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER

The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses a dry chemical powder which is stored in a 50 lbs. pressurized cylinder. It is discharged through 8 nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

2.40

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated the electrical/pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately the fire suppression system is discharged (non levelling machines) OR will delay the shutdown for a period of between 10 to 15 seconds for levelling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the delay by pressing the SHUTDOWN RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period. This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop. The SHUTDOWN RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

RED FIRE BUTTON

h855c-082

The system will activate the discharge system and the automatic engine shutdown system. There will be a cloud of dry chemical dispersed in the discharge area. The engine will automatically shutdown either immediately or will be delayed for 10 to 15 seconds if the machine is a leveller.

IMPORTANT: Stop the engine before discharging the system. This will keep the dry chemical in the engine area.

Get away from the machine. Take the portable fire extinguisher in the cab or outside along if possible or obtain one from another location.

Stand by with a portable fire extinguisher and watch for any flashbacks after the system has discharged.

Do not restart the machine until it has been serviced and cleaned. Do not return the machine to service until the source of the fire has been located and neutralized. The fire suppression system must be recharged by Amerex Factory Certified Personnel before returning the machine to service.

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

CAUTION h855-082

Wear protective clothing and masks when cleaning up after a discharge

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHes 860c-123

IN CASE OF FIRE: If a fire starts in any space protected by the system, DO NOT wait for the system to operate automatically. Instead, operate the system manually: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin.

3. Press red FIRE button.

Before cleaning up after a discharge, read the AMEREX manual. If water mixes with the dry chemical it becomes corrosive and can seriously damage wiring connections.

Dry chemical must be vacuumed or blown off with compressed air.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin. 2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

2.41

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

Inspection of the AMEREX fire Suppression SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS:

•

All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

•

Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860c-256

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER DAILY: •

•

typical thermostat

860c-028

Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers.

Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

Verify that the green “SYSTEM OK” light on the system control panel is illuminated.

•

Ensure thermostats are clean.

•

Operate the machine and depress the “Push to TEST” button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working.

“system OK” light

PRESSURE GAUGE “push to test” button

h855-082

•

822-D21

portable fire extinguisher check charge gauge daily

system control panel Check the manual actuation switch to ensure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

WEEKLY:

BI-YEARLY

•

Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

•

•

All components are in place and unobstructed.

2.42

Check the system owners manual for correct re-certification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

860c-037

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

In addition thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous.

WARNING Failure to follow the system manufacturers instructions and guidelines may result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage.

2.43

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

17. FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C-HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

20

18

20

860C-014/015

HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES

19. HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES (ENGINE)

822-D22

To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the hot water shut off valves on the engine block, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the a/c unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

18. FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the 19

822-D23

FRESH AIR FILTER

two fasteners holding the hinged cover. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

2.44

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 21

Controls and operation 23 RETAINING KNOB AND CLAMP BRACKET

22 24

24

822-D25

INTERIOR LIGHTS, EMERGENCY EXITS

20. INTERIOR LIGHTS The switch is activated by sliding the light lens.

822-D26

23. ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED, to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

22

860C-016

ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT

It should be noted that the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator’s cab.

AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

For more information refer to ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

21. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/cd With dual front mounted speakers. Refer to stereo manufacturer’s manual for operation and safety warnings.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

23

822-D29

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT

22. SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off engine before using this exit. Opening the side door will not de-activate the pilot system, for this reason only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

2.45

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Controls and operation

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the LH. side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: 1. Open side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

822-D29 interior handle

822-D28

exterior handle

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: CLAMP BRACKET

822-D30

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR and ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION. 3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL for maintenance or repair: REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

UNSCREW RETAINING KNOB FOUR COMPLETE TURNS

CHECK ESCAPE HATCH

822-D31

1. Partially unscrew both the interior retaining knobs four complete revolutions.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

2.46

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event that the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 4. Apply an anti-seize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads 3 revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

FOAM SEAL

‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

3. Refer to ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

APPLY LUBRICAnT TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT:

CAB ROOF

APPLY LUBRICAnT TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between Escape Hatch and Cab Roof

LH830-06

Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel.

Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Ensure that the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged. nylon insert

ESCAPE HATCH

WARNING: Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

6. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight only.

ESCAPE HATCH

CAB

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency 822-01

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approx. 1/8” protruding at each end. These are to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

2.47

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher iqan MDM COMPUTER DISPLAY AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Controls and operation 3

iqan mdm computer display module)

menuS switch

4

2

ECM 1

IQAN DISPLAY MODULE IQAN MDM COMPUTER DISPLAY 822c-05

The IQAN MDM (master display module) computer display is the operator interface with the IQAN control system. The IQAN MDM is the central unit in the IQAN control system which works as both a master control and a display unit.

XSCab ModuleAG010 DisplayModuleAG009 XP2FrameCraneModule

SYSTEM COMPONENTS 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

The IQAN MDM has a backlit graphic LCD display. Three function buttons (F1, F2 and F3), a scrolling up/down button and an escape button are used by the operator to move through menus to view and adjust the settings of the IQAN control system. lcd display

F1 BUTTON 860c-024

F2 BUTTON

The computer monitors analogue, digital, and J1939 inputs (CAN Bus inputs). CAN Bus is a data bus system that allows several input/output signals to be sent between modules through a reduced number of wires.

Outputs: The computer directs a proportional output (24 Volt electrical current) to the solenoids on the pilot manifold, attachment valve, main pump, fan valve, levelling valve (if equipped), fan pump and ER manifold are also included.

ESCAPE BUTTON

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

The MENUS switch to the left of the IQAN-MDM display is used to select between the ALTERNATE MENUS and the SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS MENUS.

The IQAN-MDM computer is mounted on the right side of the cab roof air plenum. The computer displays, controls and monitors the following machine functions: •

Hydraulic Cooling Fan

•

Attachment Wrist CW/CCW

•

Attachment Clamp Arm Open/Close

•

Attachment Accumulating Arm Open/Close

•

Leveling Functions (Leveler Only)

MDM Display/Control Module (XS-A0) Cab Module (XT2-A0) Engine Module Engine Control Module (XP2-A0) Leveler Only

Inputs:

SCROLL UP/DOWN BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

5

Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS. Refer to COMPUTER ~ ALTERNATE MENUS in THIS SECTION. Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS MENUS. Refer to COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTICS ADJUSTMENT MENUS in THIS SECTION.

2.48

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES and INFORMATION MESSAGES are displayed on the IQAN-MDM screen regardless of the position of the MENUS switch.

MASTER ALARM

MASTER ALARM

855c-002

The master alarm on the instrument panel will sound whenever an ENGINE ALARM, HYDRAULIC OIL HOT, ENGINE COOLANT HOT, CHARGE AIR COOLER HOT, FAN SERVICE MODE ON, ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION, or ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) OPEN warning message is shown on the screen. When a ROOF OPEN warning message, ENCLOSURE DOOR(S) open warning message or PILOT ON information message a warning light on the instrument panel will also notify the operator.

Refer to COMPUTER ~ SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES in THIS SECTION. NOTE: The IQAN control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters. The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing.

Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

2.49

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher ALTERNATE MENUS

Controls and operation ATTACH

Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS. The display will appear as shown. If the display does not appear as shown press the ESCAPE button repeatedly until it does appear as shown.

822c-54

1. Tree Counter This electronic menu display provides access to the tree counter function.

Pressing RESET (F3) will reset the tree counter to zero.

860C-072

Press the F1 or F3 buttons on the IQAN-MDM display unit to view the ATTACH or SERVICE menu displays as indicated on the LCD menu display.

The tree counter function provides the operator with an automatic count of the number of times the CLAMP CLOSE button is pressed. Refer also to CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK in THIS SECTION.

Use the F1, F2 or F3 function button to move through the menus as indicated on the LCD menu display.

Use the ESCAPE button to move back to the previous menu display.

SCROLL BUTTON

822C-55

2. Cycle Counter F1 BUTTON 860C-072

F2 BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

This electronic menu display provides access to the cycle counter function.

ESCAPE BUTTON

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

Pressing RESET (F3) will reset the cycle counter to zero.

The cycle counter function provides the operator with a count of the number of times right joystick button # 1 is pressed. This function provides a custom counter for use as required by the operator.

button #1

860C-002

2.50

right hand joystick

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SERVICE 3. Machine Service - Hydraulic Oil This electronic menu display provides access to the machine service hydraulic oil type selection mode.

860C-073

When the type of oil has been selected the display will return to Machine Service display.

Select ESC. 860C-073

SERVICE (F3) has been chosen, now ‘F1’ Machine Service Hyd Oil or ‘F3’ Alarms can be selected. Pressing ALARMS (F3) resets all active/bypassed alarms.

Press HYD OIL (F1) to access Select Hydraulic Oil Grade - Current Hyd Oil.

860C-072

The display will return to ATTACH - SERVICE, FUEL

860C-074

Press ISO 22 (F1), ISO 32 (F2), or NEXT (F3) 860-235

4. Trip Fuel Consumption On machines 855*0400 to 855*1000, select F2 FUEL. This menu display provides access to the Trip Fuel Consumption function.

The Trip Fuel function provides the operator with Average Fuel Rate L/h (Gal/h).

860C-342

Pressing RESET (F3) will reset the Fuel Rate to zero.

Press ISO 44 (F1), ISO 46 (F2), or NEXT (F3)

Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

Note: Whenever an alarm is activated, the current display menus are replaced with the alarm warning message. When the alarm function is cleared, diagnostic and function adjustment menus appear. Press the top of the MENUS switch to display the ALTERNATE MENUS.

860C-076

Press ISO 68 (F1) or NEXT (F3) 2.51

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS AND FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT MENUS display

menuS switch

822c-05

Controls and operation

1014-D001B

IQAN DISPLAY MODULE

Press the ESCAPE button to display one of 5 menus (MODE, INFORMATION, SETTINGS, MEASURE AND PROPERTIES) that access system diagnostics and function adjustment menus.

Press the bottom of the MENUS switch to display the IQAN-MDM system diagnostics and function adjustment menus.

DATE

TIME

OPERATOR MODE

SCROLL BUTTON

Use the SCROLL UP/DOWN buttons to scroll through the menus.

SOFTWARE VERSION

Use the F1, F2, and F3 buttons to select the highlighted menu options located above each button in the LCD menu display.

Use the ESCAPE button to move back to the previous menu display.

F1 BUTTON

860-141

F2 BUTTON

F3 BUTTON

ESCAPE BUTTON

MDM COMPUTER MODULE

The display should show the current date, time, operator mode and software version identification.

2.52

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher menu descriptions

Controls and operation C. Computer sound volumes can be adjusted.

D. Computer DATE and TIME can be adjusted.

630c-70

1. MODE MENU DESCRIPTION Not currently used in program, no modes to select.

1014-D097

4. MEASURE MENU DESCRIPTION A. Input and output VOLTAGE and CURRENT can be measured.

B. EVENT COUNTER can be viewed.

C. J1939 CANBUS DATA can be viewed.

1014-D095

2. INFORMATION MENU DESCRIPTION A. Software application information can be displayed, including comments.

B. Module information can be displayed including status, software information and hardware information.

822C-56

WARNING

5. PROPERTIES MENU DESCRIPTION A. FUNCTION PARAMETERS for adjustable machine functions can be adjusted.

Do not make adjustments in this menu.

Machine warning alarms can be disabled in this menu.

B. INPUTS for adjustable machine functions can be adjusted.

C. OUTPUTS for adjustable machine functions can be adjusted.

1014-D096

3. SETTINGS MENU DESCRIPTION A. LCD display contrast and LIGHT (BRIGHTNESS) can be adjusted.

B. The LANGUAGE that the text is displayed in can be selected.

2.53

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

menu operation LATEST CHANGE DATE & TIME

1. MODE MENU OPERATION Not currently used in program, no modes to select..

KEY I.D. KEY LABEL

860-139

Press MORE (F1) to show LATEST CHANGE DATE and TIME, KEY I.D. and KEY LABEL. 860C-101

2. INFORMATION MENU OPERATION Machine software application and module status information can be viewed in this menu.

APPLICATION INFORMATION 860-138

Press ESC, then press COMMENT (F2) to show application COMMENTS.

860-140

Press APPLIC (F1) to select APPLICATION INFORMATION. 860-142

The display can show four rows of comments, use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to see more comments.

2.54

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation CHANGE LIGHT (DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS)

1014-D096

3. SETTINGS MENU OPERATION

630c-27

Press LIGHT (F2) to select the function LCD LIGHT.

The computer sound volume, display contrast, light, date, time and language can be adjusted in this menu.

A. LCD Press LCD (F1) to select LCD SETTINGS. CHANGE CONTRAST

630c-73

Change to desired BRIGHTNESS using UP/ DOWN scroll buttons and press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

630c-27

Press CONTRAST (F1) to select the function LCD CONTRAST.

Reset Light RESET (F3) resets the character display’s light to the preset factory value which corresponds to 100.

630c-74

Change to desired contrast using UP/ DOWN scroll buttons and press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character display to the previous display without saving any new setting.

Reset Contrast RESET (F3) resets the character display contrast to the preset factory value which corresponds to 30.

2.55

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

B. LANGUAGE SETTINGS

C. SOUND SETTINGS

Press LANGUAGE (F2) to select LANGUAGE SETTINGS.

Adjusting Buzzer Volume and change button Sound.

CHANGE LANGUAGE

1014-D110

To shift to the tab SOUND, press MORE (F3).

1014-D096

Press LANGUAGE (F2) to select the function LANGUAGE.

Press SOUND (F1) to select the function SOUND SETTINGS. CHANGE ALARM VOLUME

1014-D109

Change to desired LANGUAGE using UP/ DOWN scroll buttons and press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

630c-75

Press ALARM (F1) to select the function for setting the volume for the alarm signal.

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character window to the previous window without saving any new setting.

630c-76

Change to desired VOLUME using UP/DOWN scroll buttons. There are Ten volume levels.

0 implies that sound is turned OFF. 100 is the loudest. Thereafter, press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character window to the previous menu without saving any new setting.

Reset the Volume RESET (F3) resets the alarm volume to the preset factory value which corresponds to 50.

2.56

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

CHANGE BUTTON SOUND

d. DATE TIME SETTINGS

1014-D096

1014-D110

Press SOUND (F1) to select the function SOUND SETTINGS.

To shift to the tab SET CLOCK, press MORE (F3).

630c-75

1014-D110

Press BUTTON (F2) to select the function to change the button sound.

Press SET CLOCK (F2) to select the function for setting the DATE and TIME.

630c-77

630c-78

Change to desired VOLUME using UP/DOWN scroll buttons. There are ten button beep levels. 0 implies that the button beep is turned OFF. 100 is the loudest. Thereafter, press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

Browse using UP/DOWN scroll buttons and thereafter press SELECT (F1) to select alternative from list.

YEAR - MONTH - DAY - HOUR - MINUTE

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character window to the previous menu without saving any new setting.

Reset the Button Sound Level RESET (F3) resets the button sound level to the preset factory value which corresponds to 50.

630c-78a

Change to desired value using UP/DOWN scroll buttons and press OK (F1) to save setting and return to previous menu.

2.57

CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the character window to the previous menu without saving any new setting.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

822C-56

1014-D097

4. MEASURE MENU operation

5. PROPERTIES MENU OPERATION

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians. Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Changes can be made to the settings for adjustable machine functions. Adjustments will only affect the settings in the current operator mode.

A. ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS Adjustable functions include: • Timed Purge Interval - Adjusts the time interval between automatic cooling fan clean cycles.

• Fan Service Mode- This function is used to select 1=ON or 0=OFF. When ON this will reverse the fan directing the air flow away from a service technician who may be in the service compartment.

• Leveling - This function is used to select 1=ON for leveling machines or 0=OFF for non leveling machines • Forward Level Speed - Adjusts forward levelling speed • Rear Level Speed - Adjusts rearward levelling speed.

• Roof Sensor - Turns roof sensor feature ON or OFF ( 1=ON, 0=OFF).

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the levelling system refer also to LEVELLING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

2.58

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

EXAMPLE:

822C-77

822C-56

Press OTHER(F3) to select other properties for adjustment.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select type of output you wish to adjust.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons adjust parameter setting or press RESET (F1) to return to factory default setting.

822C-78

620c-73

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

822c-76

Press SELECT(F1) to select a function parameter for adjustment.

2.59

Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation Current out (cout) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

822C-56

MINIMUM CURRENT Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

B. ADJUST OUTPUTS Adjustable outputs include: •

Right Level Cylinder (Current Out)

•

Left Level Cylinder (Current Out)

•

Wrist Attachment (Current Out)

•

Clamp - Attachment (PWM Out)

•

Accumulator - Attachment (PWM Out)

The min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

MAXIMUM CURRENT Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate.

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the levelling system refer also to LEVELLING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the current to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

For more detailed instructions and information about electronic adjustment of the attachment functions refer also to ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the current output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

Adjustable Outputs Function CURRENT OUT Right Level Cylinder Left Level Cylinder Wrist

(+) extend cylinder extend cylinder extend cylinder

(-) retract cylinder retract cylinder retract cylinder

Min current (Ma) 300 300 375

Function PWM OUT Clamp- Attachmt 1 Accum- Attachmt 2

(+) clamp CLOSE accum OPEN

(-) clamp OPEN accum CLOSE

Min MR (%) 60 50

2.60

Factory default values Max current Start slope Stop slope (Ma) (Ms) (Ms) 600 250 250 600 250 250 525 750 500

Fine control (%) 0 0 0

Factory default values Max MR Start slope Stop slope (%) (Ms) (Ms) 100 0 0 100 0 0

Fine control (%) 0 0

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

PWM out (pwmout) PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) Out is a way of producing an analog signal level with a digital output that turns on and off many times a second. By varying the ratio between on and off time (modulation ratio or duty cycle) an output proportional to the system voltage can be obtained. PWMOUT maintains a constant output voltage, and the output current is governed by the resistance in the circuit.

630c-105

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable pwm out operated functions.

MINIMUM MR (modulation ratio) Minimum MR settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain MR before they begin to operate the valve. The Min MR value is the modulation ratio that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

DISPLAY 3

The min MR is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

MAXIMUM MR (modulation ratio) Maximum MR setting controls the maximum speed the function will operate.

Press SELECT(+) (F1) or SELECT(-) (F2) to select a function and direction for adjustment.

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the MR to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the PWM output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

DISPLAY 6

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the setting to be adjusted.

EXAMPLE:

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

822C-56 DISPLAY 8

Press OUTPUTS (F2) to select ouputs for adjustment.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons adjust setting.

Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select type of output you wish to adjust.

2.61

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES

Controls and operation

When system warning messages are displayed the master alarm may sound, see specific warning message descriptions for details. All system warning messages are logged and recorded by the IQAN system for use by Tigercat service technicians. Operator’s should respond to all warning messages immediately by bringing the machine to a safe stop and investigating the cause of the alarm.

The alarm can be acknowledged by pressing OK (F1), if applicable. Note that acknowledging the warning message does not address the cause of the alarm. Ignoring system warning messages may result in component damage and/ or subsequent malfunction. In addition ignoring system warning messages may also affect warranty claims. All warning messages should be addressed immediately to help ensure the efficient long term operation of the machine and avoid costly repairs.

620c-43

NOTE: It is possible for an operator or service technician to disable this warning message. If the MODULE IS OFFLINE warning function is disabled for a module the first indication of a loss of communication or power to a module will be the loss of all machine functions controlled by the module and the triggering of all alarms and warnings associated with that module. This may cause problems in identifying the source of a control problem, as it will not be immediately obvious that a loss of communication or power to the module is the source of the problem.

To greatly reduce the time required to diagnose a MODULE IS OFFLINE warning, it is recommended that all available modules ALWAYS be set to ENABLED as shown. This screen is accessed through the INFORMATION MENU which should normally be accessed by Tigercat service technicians only.

822C-62

MODULE IS OFFLINE SYSTEM WARNING The MODULE IS OFFLINE warning message indicates a loss of communication with or power to an IQAN module. The offline module is identified on the display screen.

When a module goes offline all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all alarms and warnings associated with that module are triggered. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

H860C-11

CAUTION Do not make adjustments in this menu.

Machine service indicators can be affected.

H860C-10

2.62

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher INFORMATION/INTERACTIVE MESSAGES

Controls and operation

822C-44

3. PILOT SYSTEM OFF

1. ‘ok’/‘BYPASS’ - MESSAGE INTERACTION

This warning will be displayed and PILOT OFF warning light will come on when the pilot system has been de-activated. To reset the pilot system close the doors and press the PILOT ON (RESET) switch.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A.

A. Pressing ‘OK’ (F1) turns off the message and alarm (if applicable). The message/alarm will go away if the condition changes.

Or B. Pressing ‘OK’ (F1) turns off the message and alarm ONLY if the condition that turned on the message is no longer active. Pressing BYPASS (F2) turns OFF message and/or alarm even if the condition is still true.

For more information on the pilot shut off system refer to PILOT SYSTEM OFF SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM ON SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH, PILOT ON LIGHT and PILOT OFF LIGHT in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: All bypassed alarms are automatically reset after 30 minutes. So if the conditions that turned on the message/alarm are still true, the message/alarm will re-activate.

h860c-03 860C-254

4. enclosure door(s) OPEN This warning will be displayed, master alarm will sound and ROOF/DOOR warning light will come on when pilot system is ON and either the engine roof or R.H. engine service door is open for more than 2 seconds. The warning can be acknowledged on the IQAN MDM to silence the alarm but the warning light will stay on until the open door(s) is(are) closed.

2. ALARMS IN BYPASS MODE This is an Active alarms bypassed message.

This message is displayed if any alarm has been bypassed. Pressing OK turns off the message.

Pressing RESET turns off all bypassed alarms. If the alarm conditions still exist the active alarm will reactivate.

2.63

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 5. Other independent ENGINE ALARMs The following alarm/error messages may also ocurr during engine operation.

822C-69

5. ENGINE ALARM This warning will be displayed and master alarm will sound when a J1939 red stop signal is detected. See engine display module on the instrument panel for more detailed engine information. Refer also to INSTRUMENT PANEL ~ ENGINE DISPLAY AND DIAGNOSTIC MODULE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL for more information about the engine display module.

845C-056

‘HOT’ - Refer to manual.

Engine Intake - (see service recommendations list below for possible cause and solution)

The following alarm/error messages may also accompany an engine alarm message.

845C-058

‘HOT’ - Refer to manual Engine Coolant - (see service recommendations list below for possible cause and solution) Service Recommendations • Reduce load on engine.

• Operate cooling fan in CLEAN cycle mode.

• Check heat exchanger/cooler package (Radiators) for dirty or blocked intake area.

• Check engine air intake filter.

• Check cooling fan for correct operation.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1B.

2.64

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

845C-057

845C-059

6. ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION

7. HOT HYDRAULIC OIL

This message will be displayed when the engine air fiter becomes resricted. When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service. Refer to section 3 of this manual for recommended service proceedure.

This warning will be displayed, alarm warning light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1B.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1B.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use check the following:

IMPORTANT! Operating the machine in the bypass mode for an extended period after this alarm has been activated may result in premature engine failure. It is highly recommended that the air filter be serviced immediately.

• • • • • •

Plugged oil cooler Malfunction in a hydraulic system High loads on the hydraulic system Malfunction of the cooling fan Low hydraulic oil level Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the instrument panel, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

Refer to COMPUTER ~ ALTERNATE MENUS SERVICE ~ HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

2.65

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

822C-48

822C-60

8. FAN CLEAN MODE

10. FAN SERVICE MODE

This message will be displayed while the cooling fan control is performing a CLEAN cycle. The graphical display indicates to the operator the percentage of the cycle completed.

This message will be displayed whenever the service mode is placed in the 1=ON position for servicing the machine, see ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in this section for selecting fan service mode.

The CLEAN cycle is either operated manually from the COOLING FAN SWITCH or automatically by the timed purge function of the computer control system. Note that the pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle. Refer also to COOLING FAN SWITCH and COMPUTER ~ DIAGNOSTICS ~ ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION.

The service mode is used in the 1=ON position whenever a Service Technician is in the Service Compartment performing tests with the engine running. Reversing the fan rotation redirects the airflow away from the service technician. When service checks are complete select 1=OFF to return the fan to the normal cooling mode.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A.

NOTE: If engine speed falls to 875 rpm or less service mode is automatically overridden and fan defaults to the forward direction.

822C-49

9. FAN OVERRIDE MODE This message will be displayed whenever the cooling fan switch is placed in the FULL ON position. Refer also to COOLING FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION. NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A.

2.66

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

11. FAN AND ALARM TEMPERATURES Warm-Up Mode Off - This is the minimum hydraulic oil temperature that must be reached before the warm-up mode is deactivated which allows the hydraulics to operate at full capacity and the engine to go to full speed. Note that the temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN. H855c-30

Fan Start Temperature - This is the temperature of the monitored function that the computer uses to start increasing the fan speed to increase the cooling of that function to prevent the function from increasing to the alarm temperature. Note that the hydraulic oil temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN. The computer monitors all of the function and the fan speed is determined by the function that exceeds the fan start temperature the most or for the longest time period. It is normal for the fan to cycle from low to high speed and back to low until all function temperatures stabilize for the operating conditions.

12. warm up mode This message will be displayed whenever the machine is in warm up mode. The warm up mode limits engine rpm and applies anti-stall so that the system can be warmed up gradually from a cold start.

As hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase. The warmup mode operates automatically on cold start ups within a hydraulic oil temperature range.

The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A.

Alarm Temperature - This is the temperature of the monitored function that the computer uses to activate an alarm and display a message on the IQAN screen. Note that the temperature is dependent on the oil grade selected in IQAN.

(Refer to the chart at the bottom of this page for WARM-UP mode OFF temperatures) For more information about hydraulic oil settings refer to COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ~ ALTERNATE MENUS ~ MACHINE SERVICE - HYDRAULIC OIL. For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

2.67

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

822C-57

822C-72

13. JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK This message will be displayed whenever a joystick button interlock occurs. The joystick button interlock prevents accidental operation of the joystick button functions as the pilot system is reset (door closed and pilot ON switch pressed). Joystick buttons activated (either by the operator or due to button malfunction) during a pilot system reset must first be released before they will operate normally.

NOTE: See item 1. ‘OK’/BYPASS MESSAGE INTERACTION item 1A. For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT SYSTEM ON SWITCH, PILOT SYSTEM INTERLOCK SWITCH, PILOT ON LIGHT and PILOT OFF LIGHT in THIS SECTION.

2.68

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

860C-233

860C-232

14. ER MODE There are two ER Modes.

ER Mode - Currently ON or ER Mode Currently OFF The default mode is ER Mode Currently ON. To select ER Mode Currently OFF press the momentary switch on the instrument panel to turn the ER Mode OFF. The ER function will remain off untill the operator either turns off the ignition key or presses on the ER Mode switch to turn the ER function ON. When the pilot switch is turned off and then back on the computer will sound an alarm and display the following message: ER Mode - Currently ON or ER Mode Currently OFF Press on the F1 button to acknowledge the alarm and to turn the alarm off.

2.69

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher LEVELLING ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Controls and operation CHECKING LEVELLING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES) 1. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

Adjustments to the levelling system through the PROPERTIES MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the levelling system to suit operating conditions . Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in THIS SECTION.

2. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure. Start engine and set throttle speed to HIGH IDLE. 3. Close cab door and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

Two types of adjustment can be made to the levelling system:

4. Place ANTI-STALL switch in the OFF position.

CYLINDER OPERATING SPEEDS Forward Level Speed and Rear Level Speed function parameter adjustments provide a means for setting the levelling FORWARD/ BACKWARD cylinder operating speed.

5. Press the REAR tilt levelling switch and fully retract BOTH cylinders.

6. Press the FORWARD tilt levelling switch and fully ** extend cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop.

CYLINDER TRACKING The Right Level Cylinder and Left Level Cylinder current out adjustments provide for setting the cylinder operation of both cylinders to prevent tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other).

7. Operate the REAR tilt levelling switch and fully ** retract cylinders. Record cycle time from stop to stop.

8. If required, adjust the computer control system settings for forward levelling speed or rear levelling speed to achieve the time outlined in the chart (PROPERTIES ~FUNCTION PARAMETERS). Refer to adjusting FORWARD/REAR level speed in THIS SECTION for procedure.

These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the levelling control valve to the levelling cylinders.

NOTE: Adjustment of the FORWARD/ REAR speed is the setting required to obtain recommended cycle time. SIDE to SIDE speeds will be a product of these settings.

DANGER Extreme care and attention must be exercised when making adjustments to the levelling hydraulic and electrical circuits.

Ensure that all personnel not directly associated with the servicing are well clear of the machine.

The whole upper frame/cab/engine compartment, boom and attachment can tilt unexpectedly from side to side or forward and backwards during servicing, creating “pinch points” between the upper frame and track assembly and the ground.

NOTE ALSO: Some fine adjustments may be required to ensure that the upper frame does not track RIGHT or LEFT during the FORWARD/REAR movement. Refer to ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING ~ ADJUSTING MAXIMUM/MINIMUM CURRENT for procedure. ** When extending or retracting cylinders to record the time, stop the cylinder just before it gets to the end of it’s stroke rather than let it bottom out and impose unnecessary loads on the cylinder parts and frame structures.

DANGER

typical cylinder cycle times Recommended settings: CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES

23526A R0

CYLINDER

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

CYL.

LEVEL - ‘FORWARD’...........8 SEC. LEVEL - ‘REAR’....................8 SEC.

2.70

CYCLE TIMES FULL EXTN. FULL RET.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELLING SPEED (cylinder operating speed)

845C-29

5. Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to change speed between 0% and 100% to obtain 8 seconds (Forward Level Speed) Cylinder Cycle Time then press OK (F1).

822C-56

1. Press the bottom of the MENUS SWITCH to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 for the Rear Level Speed.

Press Escape button then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press F3 OTHER to choose FUNCTION PARAMETERS menu.

620c-73

2. Press SELECT (F1) to display SELECT FUNCTION menu.

3. Use UP/DOWN buttons to scroll to desired function.

845C-28

4. Press SELECT (F1) for Forward Level Speed.

2.71

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in THIS SECTION for information about adjustable settings and factory default values (max current, min current, start slope, stop slope and fine control).

MAX CURRENT SETTING This procedure is used to set the maximum speed to retract (-) or extend (+) of the left or right levelling cylinder.

DISPLAY 3

3. Scroll using UP/DOWN buttons to Right Level Cylinder menu and press SELECT (+) (F1).

EXAMPLE: If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the MAX CURRENT (+) Right Level Cylinder reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed. Adjust as follows:

DISPLAY 6

4. Scroll using UP/DOWN buttons to select MAX CURRENT menu. Press SELECT (F1).

5. Shown above MAX CURRENT (+) Right Level Cylinder function has been selected.

6. Adjust the Max Current value (600mA) using the UP/DOWN buttons to increase (speed up Right Level Cylinder speed) or decrease (slow down Right Level Cylinder speed) value.

822C-56

1. Press Escape button then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press OUTPUTS (F2) and use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll though the menus to CURRENT OUT.

NOTE: In this example the right cylinder is extending faster than the left. The value should be reduced to slow down the extend speed.

DISPLAY2 DISPLAY 8

2. Press SELECT(F1) to go to SELECT. FUNCTION menu.

7. Use the SCROLL DOWN button to decrease the value. Start by reducing the value by 10mA. 8. Press OK (F1) to save the selection.

9. Check cylinder cycle times as outlined previously. Refer to CHECKING LEVELLING SPEED (CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES ) in THIS SECTION. 2.72

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

10. If necessary continue to adjust the Max Current value using the UP/DOWN buttons until the desired speed is obtained.

3. Scroll using UP/DOWN buttons to Right Level Cylinder menu and press SELECT (+) (F1) or SELECT (-) (F2).

11. Press OK (F1) to save and return to previous menu.

The new MAX CURRENT value has now been saved For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600Ma, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) – and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

4. Scroll using UP/DOWN buttons to select MIN CURRENT menu. Press SELECT (F1).

Note: Pressing CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the display to the previous menu without saving any changed value.

Shown above MIN CURRENT (-) Right Level Cylinder function has been selected and the setting is 300mA.

DISPLAY 5C

MIN CURRENT SETTING

DISPLAY 5E

If the value shown is below 300mA, the switch for the selected circuit may not function.

Use UP/DOWN buttons to adjust the MIN CURRENT to 300mA.

DISPLAY 1

1. Press Escape button then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press F2 OUTPUTS to choose CURRENT OUT menu.

Operate the Right Level Switch, the upper should start tilting right.

Press OK (F1) to save and return to previous menu.

Pressing CANCEL (F2) or ESC returns the display to the previous menu without saving any changed value.

The MIN MR setting is now adjusted to the proper level. This level provides just enough spool shift for the function to begin to move.

DISPLAY 2

2. Press SELECT (F1) to go to SELECT FUNCTION menu.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 300 Ma, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers)

DISPLAY 3

2.73

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

START SLOPE SETTING

STOP SLOPE SETTING

1. The start slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from minimum current to maximum current. If either the MIN CURRENT or MAX CURRENT values are improperly adjusted, the startslope may not produce the desired results.

1. The stop slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from maximum current to minimum current. If either the MAX CURRENT or MIN CURRENT values are improperly adjusted, the stopslope may not produce the desired results.

DISPLAY 12

DISPLAY 11

2. The standard setting for the stop slope 250 ms (1/4 of a second).

2. The standard setting for the start slope is 250 ms (1/4 of a second).

Increasing this value will make the start acceleration smoother.

Increasing this value will make the deceleration smoother.

Decreasing this value will make the start acceleration more harsh (adding additional stresses to cylinders).

Decreasing this value will make the deceleration more harsh (adding additional stresses to cylinders).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to scroll to START SLOPE. Press SELECT (F1).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to scroll to STOP SLOPE. Press SELECT (F1).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save new value.

Use UP/DOWN buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save new value.

NOTE: All four instances of levelling stop slope should be set to the same value for smooth operation. [ie: (+) Right Level Cylinder, (-) Right Level Cylinder, (+) Left Level Cylinder, (-) Left Level Cylinder]

NOTE: All four instances of levelling start slope should be set to the same value for smooth operation. [ie:(+) Right Level Cylinder, (-) Right Level Cylinder, (+) Left Level Cylinder, (-) Left Level Cylinder]

2.74

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

DISPLAY 10

FINE CONTROL SETTING 1. In this application, the fine control is not typically used. Fine control is a feature that becomes very useful when using a proportional type input. In this case, the standard inputs from the joystick are all digital switches.

Fine Control should be set to 0% for this application.

2.75

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher ATTACHMENT ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Controls and operation 4. Press the bottom of the MENUS SWITCH to display the IQAN-MDM diagnostic and function adjustment menus.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the PROPERTIES MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions . Refer also to COMPUTER ~ (PROPERTIES) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. These settings control the operation of the electrohydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders or motors (high rotation).

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system:

822C-56

Press Escape button then scroll UP/DOWN to display PROPERTIES. Press OUTPUTS (F2) and use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll though the menus to PWM OUT for clamp arm or accumulator arm and CURRENT OUT for wrist function.

WRIST - CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions.

ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions.

630c-105b

PROCEDURE: For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical connections some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference.

1. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure.

DISPLAY 2

Press SELECT(F1) to go to SELECT. FUNCTION menu.

A SELECT FUNCTION screen will appear.

Use the UP/DOWN scroll buttons to scroll through to the function you wish to adjust Wrist, Clamp or Accumulator attachment functions.

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to HIGH IDLE. 3. Close cab door and press PILOT RESET switch to activate pilot system.

2.76

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation EXAMPLE: CLAMP FUNCTION ADJUSTMENT The following example demonstrates the adjustment procedure for the clamp function.

Note that adjustment procedures for the accumulator arm functions are similarly done.

Refer to the ADJUSTABLE OUTPUTS chart below for function direction information and factory default setting information for each of the adjustable attachment functions.

860-135

822C-79

822C-80

5. At the Clamp-Attachmt screen press SELECT(+) (F1).

You are then able to scroll through the following adjustments: • • • • •

822C-80

Each SELECT FUNCTION screen displays the current reading for MR (modulation ratio) with an option of selecting SELECT (+) (F1) or SELECT (-) (F2) function directions.

Selecting positive (+) controls the valve spool shift in one direction, and negative (-) controls the valve spool shift in the other direction.

Min MR Max MR Startslope Stopslope Fine Control

Refer to the ADJUSTABLE ATTACHMENT FUNCTIONS chart below for function direction information and factory default setting information for each of the three adjustable attachment functions. The following example demonstrates the adjustment procedure for the wrist function.

Adjustable Outputs Function CURRENT OUT Right Level Cylinder Left Level Cylinder Wrist

(+) extend cylinder extend cylinder extend cylinder

(-) retract cylinder retract cylinder retract cylinder

Min current (Ma) 300 300 375

Function PWM OUT Clamp- Attachmt 1 Accum- Attachmt 2

(+) clamp CLOSE accum OPEN

(-) clamp OPEN accum CLOSE

Min MR (%) 60 50

2.77

Factory default values Max current Start slope Stop slope (Ma) (Ms) (Ms) 600 250 250 600 250 250 525 750 500

Fine control (%) 0 0 0

Factory default values Max MR Start slope Stop slope (%) (Ms) (Ms) 100 0 0 100 0 0

Fine control (%) 0 0

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

DETERMINE MINIMUM MR VALUE

822C-90 1

Temporarily reduce the maximum MR value to zero.

At the MAX MR screen press SELECT (F1).

Use the SCROLL DOWN button to reduce the value to zero. Do NOT press OK (F1).

860-136b 1

6. Temporarily set the minimum MR value to zero.

At the MIN MR screen press SELECT (F1).

Use the SCROLL DOWN button to reduce the value to zero and press OK (F1).

822C-91 1

Activate and hold the function being adjusted, in the direction being adjusted. (In this example, (+) Clamp-Attachmt, operate the clamp close function.)

860-136a 1

Press ESCAPE button to return to the SELECT FUNCTION screen. (This step is necessary to ensure that the zero setting is recognized by the computer control system.

If this step is skipped the control system will not allow the operator to lower the MAX MR setting to zero as required for this procedure)

822C-91X 1

There should be no movement (notice that the value shown in brackets at the top right of the screen indicates the actual output to the control valve). Begin increasing the Max MR value, while still holding the function. Use the scroll UP button.

860-135 1

Select the same function and direction again.

Scroll to the Max MR adjustment screen.

2.78

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation ADJUST MAXIMUM MR

822C-92 1

Once the function just begins to move, press OK (F1). Release the function control. and make note of (or remember) this number.

822C-93 1

7. The maximum MR is an adjustment of the maximum function speed.

Scroll to the MAX MR adjustment screen.

Increase the maximum MR value to the desired level for maximum function speed.

860-136a 1

At the MAX MR screen press SELECT (F1).

Use the SCROLL UP button to increase the value, press F1 (OK)]

Scroll down to the MIN MR adjustment screen and adjust the MIN MR value to be the number determined above.

At the MIN MR screen press SELECT (F1).

Use the SCROLL UP button to increase it to the number determined above and press OK (F1).

822C-96 822C-90 1

For the clamp function this value is typically about 100% MR, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) – and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

860-136b 1

The MIN MR setting is now adjusted to the proper level. This level provides just enough spool shift for the function to begin to move.

For this function the value is typically about 35% MR, however will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers)

2.79

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation Decreasing this value will make the deceleration more harsh (additional stresses on attachments, wrists, and boom systems).

822C-97 1

Use UP/DOWN buttons to scroll to STOP SLOPE. Press SELECT (F1).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save new value.

Note that an excessively long start slope can give the operator a poor feel for the head, as if the function is always overshooting its intended target. The purpose for making this adjustable is to accommodate the various preferences of different operator’s for the “feel” of functions.

ADJUST START SLOPE 8. The start slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from the Minimum value to the Maximum value. If either the min MR or max MR values are improperly adjusted, the startslope may not produce the desired results.

The standard setting for the start slope on the wrist is 500ms (1/2 of a second).

Increasing this value will make the start acceleration smoother.

Decreasing this value will make the start acceleration more harsh (additional stresses on attachments, wrists, and boom systems).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to scroll to START SLOPE. Press SELECT (F1).

Use UP/DOWN buttons to set to desired value and press OK (F1) to save new value.

822C-89 1`

ADJUST FINE CONTROL 10. In this application, the fine control is not typically used. Fine control is a feature that becomes very useful when using a proportional type input. In this case, the standard inputs from the joystick are all digital switches.

Fine Control should be set to 0% for this application.

11. Repeat steps 6 to 10 for the (-) WristAttachment function.

860-144 1

ADJUST STOP SLOPE 9. The stop slope is an adjustment for the amount of time that it takes for the function to ramp from the Maximum value to the Minimum value. If either the min MR or max MR values are improperly adjusted, the stopslope may not produce the desired results.

The standard setting for the stop slope on the wrist is 500ms (1/2 of a second).

Increasing this value will make the deceleration smoother.

2.80

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

WRIST ADJUSTABLE OUTPUTS •

Wrist Attachment (Current Out)

Current out (cout) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

630c-105

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select type of output you wish to adjust.

MINIMUM CURRENT Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the output you wish to adjust.

The min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

MAXIMUM CURRENT Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate.

860c-314

Press SELECT(+) (F1) or SELECT(-) (F2) to select a function and direction for adjustment.

START/STOP SLOPE Start and stop slope is the time it will take for the current to rise from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

FINE CONTROL Fine Control changes the current output curve from being a straight line to being close to a type of curved line. Lower numbers create more output. Higher numbers create less output.

EXAMPLE:

860c-313

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons to select the setting to be adjusted.

Press SELECT (F1) to select.

Use UP/DOWN scroll buttons adjust setting.

Select OK (F1) to confirm new setting.

822C-56

Press OUTPUTS (F2) to select ouputs for adjustment.

2.81

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

WARNING The seat belt supplied with this seat must be used at all times when operating this machine.

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

OPERATOR’S SEAT - AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENTS

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis.

The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 3”.

lumbar horizontal adjustment

To raise the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height, FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

armrest adjustment

To lower the seat Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. FIRMLY PUSH DOWN on the lever into the locking position (a click should be heard).

seat adjustments

H855-084

view from right rear of seat

2-WAY ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment knob clockwise. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment knob counterclockwise

back angle adjUSTment

BACKREST - ANGLE adjustment lumbar horizontal adjustment (NOT SHOWN)

Push down on backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release lever.

SEAT - HORIZONTAL POSITION Move and hold fore/aft slide leaver. Roll seat forwards or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has 2 adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen adjustment locking wingbolts to reposition armrest height and fore/aft position.

ride adjustment knob T726E-061

height adjustment lever fore/aft slide lever

2.82

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION seat adjustments

Controls and operation SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to the HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

back angle adjUSTment

lumbar horizontal adjustment (NOT SHOWN)

ride adjustment knob T726E-061

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a “bucket”. Refer to height adjustment and RIDE ADJUSTMENT.

height adjustment lever fore/aft slide lever

RIDES TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

Refer to height adjustment.

RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the Height Adjustment lever. Refer to height adjustment.

2.83

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SERVICE ACCESS DOORS Service access doors: 1. Main Service Compartment Door 2. L.H. Access Door * 3. R.H Access Door * 4. Pump Compartment Access Door * 5. Pump Compartment Cover 6. Radiator Cleanout Door* Provide access to the: A. Engine Compartment B. Battery Compartment C. Radiator/Oil Cooler/Charge Air Cooler D. Fuel Tank E. Hydraulic Valves F. Hydraulic Tank G. Hydraulic Pump Compartment

6

860C-121

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

1

C 3

4

9

D

A

5 D E

2

G

F

860C-245

2.84

B

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

CAUTION 7

Be sure all personnel are clear of the main service compartment door before opening the door.

8

The Main Service Compartment Door (1) is opened hydraulically using an electric pump and two hydraulic cylinders (9). A switch (7) is located on the instrument panel (8) in the cab is used to open and close the door.

NOTE: When the main service door is open, lock valves in the cylinder block the door open.

The power engine door circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinders and pivot points. Tigercat recommends the use of DEXTRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit [reservoir capacity 0.9 litres (0.24 US gallons), total circuit capacity approximately 1.25 litres (0.33 US gallons)]. The fill port is located on the pump.

NOTE: The machines are also equipped with a manual back-up enclosure door/roof open pump.

To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install door props provided.

To open the hydraulic pump compartment cover (5) remove the four bolts and swing the cover forward.

There are three removable cover plates located on the underside of the upper frame. These cover plates are bolted in place and only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

822C-05

There are also removable cover plates and a hinged access door on the undercarriage. They only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

The machines are equipped with a roof sensor which activates a roof/door open alarm when the engine enclosure roof or the R.H. engine service door are open.

2.85

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 3

4

Controls and operation 3

2

4

2

cover plate

STRAINER

1

1

860C-242

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY FUEL TANK - STANDARD COMPONENTS

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY-HIGH CAPACITY FUEL TANK - OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY COMPONENTS

1. Fuel Cap

1. Fuel Cap

2. Fuel Level Sender

2. Fuel Level Sender

3. Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

3. Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

4. Fuel Return Check Valve

4. Fuel Return Check Valve

860C-242

FUEL TANK CAPACITY The STANDARD fuel tanks have a total capacity of 946 L (250 gal. US).

R.H. COMPARTMENT

The OPTIONAL HIGH CAPACITY fuel tanks have a total capacity of 1268 L (335 gal. US).. cover plate STRAINER check valves

860c-241a

NOTE: The high capacity fuel tank is equipped with two flapper style check valves that retain the fuel in the R.H. compartment of the fuel tank. The valves maintain the fuel level on the supply side of the tank.

2.86

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

1

3

2 2

1

4

860C-244a

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

860C-248

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP COMPARTMENT

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP

Located at the left of the upper frame behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 227 L (60 gal. U.S.).

To add oil to the tank; Remove the fill tube and sheath from the retaining clip. Unscrew the fill tube sheath from the head of the fill tube and insert end of the tube into the hydraulic oil supply drum.

Sight gauges (2) mounted on the rear of the tank accessible through the left side door indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank

Operate the pump using the pump switch (1) located on the side of the pump compartment (2).

The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via a filter (located under the oil cooler on early machines). Observe the level gauges on the rear of the tank to determine when to release the switch. The hydraulic oil level should be within 2” (5cm) of the HIGH mark on the level gauge with the boom fully extended.

Incorporated into the base of the top gauge is a low level switch connected to a Low hydraulic oil warning light in the cab. The light will turn ON when the oil level falls to this point.

A second oil level sight gauge located in a LOWER position on the tank than the first sight gauge also incorporates a low level switch. This switch will signal a buzzer in the cab to sound if there is a further loss of oil down to this point.

Always keep the hydraulic oil level up to within 2” (5cm) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

Six full flow filters (3) are connected to the hydraulic tank and mounted on filter heads with built-in bypasses. The filters are located on the right side of the hydraulic tank.

A temperature sender (4) mounted on the filter side of the tank activates the temperature gauge in the operator’s cab.

2.87

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

IMPORTANT

CAUTION

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

The warning light and buzzer are in place to alert the operator to a potential problem with the hydraulic system.

DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

MANIFOLD

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSURE GAUGE

AIR VENT EXHAUST

S855C-001a H855C-001

A warning light is mounted on the instrument panel in the cab. When an oil flow in excess of 15 psi. is encountered at the return filters in the hydraulic tank, this pressure switch closes and turn the filter bypass warning light ON in the cab.

SCHRADER VALVE

This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL.

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in section 3 of this manual for details.

FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the filter by-pass warning light in the cab comes ON. If the warning light is still ON after the filters have been changed, the return strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

IMPORTANT: Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

restriction pressure switch

855c-035

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

RETURN FILTERS ~ HYDRAULIC OIL

IMPORTANT

The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable strainers one on the end of each return tube in the reservoir.

NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat generally does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit.

Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 25 psi. which will open in the event the elements become restricted. A 15 psi. filter restriction pressure switch is installed in each filter head that will turn on the FILTER BYPASS warning light in the cab before this happens.

2.88

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

STRAINER ELEMENT

2

1 LX870C-05

Controls and operation

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

860C-085

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine. One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains. The other strainer element is located under the main Linde valve in the valve compartment.

This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head. ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A PUMP OR MOTOR CATASTROPHIC FAILURE SHOULD THESE ELEMENTS BE SERVICED. 2

1

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (optional) This is a 120 volt, 2000 watt immersion heater (1) with two outlet plugs (2). To obtain full output, both plugs must be used, connected to separate power outlets.

CAUTION Do not leave the heater plugged in for a prolonged period of time without the oil circulating. Localized high temperatures can damage hydraulic oil.

2.89

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR intake BOX

indicator in cab

AIR CLEANER

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE

860C-229

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

860C-224

Refer to ENGINE AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

AIR CLEANER This style of air cleaner uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element. The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

The air cleaner is equipped with a scavenging system to unload dust and dirt from the air cleaner.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to ENGINE AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

SECONDARY ELEMENT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR Two mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicators are connected to the outlet side of the air filter. One mechanical indicator is located in the cab and the other is in the service compartment near the air cleaner.

PRECLEANER/ air intake HOUSING

Service to the air filter is required when the mecahnical indicator shows RED or the electrical indicator signals the computer to activate filter restriction alarm. The mechanical indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the mechanical indicators by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE 860C-222

2.90

FILTER HOUSING

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

INLET HOUSING

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR KIT Earlier machines 855*0101 to 855*0400 were equipped with one mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicator. An optional air filter restriction indicator kit 46249B01 is available to make it easier to check the restriction indicator.

The kit adds a second mechanical indicator in the cab which is a valuable tool to assit the operator in monitoring the air filter and deciding when service is necessary. mechanical air filter restriction indicator

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER - 855*0441 TO 855*1000

electrical air filter restriction indicator

A precleaner was added to the air intake system on machines 855*0441 TO 855*1000. The new air intake system also includes a new air intake box to accomodate the new precleaner.

3

3

mechanical air filter restriction indicator

4

860C-248

air FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR KIT

2

NOTE: On machines 855*0401 to 855*1000 the second air filter restriction indicator is factory installed.

1 5 480-017

PRECLEANER

AIR intake BOX 855c-202

The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

860C-257

AIR INTAKE BYPASS During cold weather operation the air intake bypass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

Remove the four bolts and cover to open the by-pass. The cover can be bolted in the storage location beside the air intake bypass opening.

2.91

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER (COOLING ASSEMBLY)

Controls and operation 1

Charge Air Cooler / Radiator / Oil Cooler

860C-021

Radiator/Oil Cooler/ Charge Air Cooler 2

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted at the rear of the upper frame.

The A/C condenser core is mounted at the rear of the cooling assembly. A debris screen is used to protect the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooler package. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

860C-245

OPEN ACCESS DOORS PIN STOP PIN

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly should be checked every 8 hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR 3. Swing the latch pin stop to the side, lift up the pin and open the clean-out door on the rear of upper frame 860C-121

4.

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1. Shut down as per instructions in ENGINE STOPPING in this SECTION.

Slide the debris screen out over top of the cooling assembly.

5. Remove two nuts and carefully swing open the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

Remove any accumulated debris from between A/C /condenser and oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are: •

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris.

2. Open the top (1) and left side (2) access doors.

6.

2.92

When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, see COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION earlier in this section to manually reverse fan or see PROPERTIES MENU OPERATION, ADJUST FUNCTION PARAMETERS for reseting computer to change cooling fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine. For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply. charge air cooler (cac)

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

FAN SHROUD FAN RAD CAP SURGE tank

FAN GUARD

FAN MOTOR

34318BR0

cooling assembly COMPONENTS 2.93

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher OPERATING MACHINE

Controls and operation

Ensure that the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine. (section 3 in this manual). Also refer to the Operator’s Manual for the Diesel Engine supplied with the machine.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

PRE-START CHECKS

860c-248

OPTIONAL FIRE SUP. SYSTEM CYLINDER IGNITION SWITCH fuel gauge

SAW SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL

860c-031

860c-017

1. Ensure ignition switch and saw switch are in the off position.

Check fuel level

3. Check fuel level. Turn ignition switch to RUN position to check this, then to OFF.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

1

860C-124

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, upper frame

860C-026

H855c-061

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB DOOR

Check hydraulic oil level HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

4. Check hydraulic oil level, the level should be between the high and low marks on the level gauge (1).

2. Check that BOTH portable fire extinguishers and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged.

2.94

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation primary fuel filter

secondary fuel filter/ water separator

drain tap

dipstick

860c-234 h860c-29

ENGINE FUEL FILTER and fuel filter/ WATER SEPARATOR

5. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

8. Check fuel line water separator(s) and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

6. Check air intake pre-cleaner. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

7. Check air cleaner scavenging clamps and hose.

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE

860c-229

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

NOTE: This machine is may be equipped with an air cleaner that utilizes a precleaner scavenging tube to continually remove debris from the air cleaner.

2.95

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 12. Check track chain tension by measuring track sag as follows:

Radiator Cap

Radiator/Oil Cooler/ Charge Air Cooler 9. Check the engine coolant level.

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

860C-021

WARNING 845-12

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

MEASURING TRACK SAG A. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

B. Place felling head on ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift track clear of ground.

C. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

D. Stop engine.

E. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

860c-229

Radiator/Oil Cooler/ Charge Air Cooler

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

10. Clean radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

CRACKING

BENT

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

worn holes

853ILL8

EDGE WEAR

F.

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

This dimension should be between 4” and 6” for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to section 11 of the service manual for track chain tension adjustment procedure.

EDGE WEAR BROKEN EDGE 830-02

SAG DIMENSION

CHECK CONDITION OF TRACK SHOES

11. Check condition of track pads.

2.96

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

SAW-24

MISSING TEETH/DAMAGED BLADE

17. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

SAW-P03

CHECK/TIGHTEN TOOTH FASTENERS

13. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

SAW-25

CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO SAW HOUSING 18. Check that the saw housing is clear and undamaged.

19. Shut down the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

SAW-23

REPLACE OR ROTATE WORN TEETH

14. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

20. Check all exits.

21. Be sure that all doors and access panels are securely fastened.

15. Replace the tooth fastener whenever replacing a saw tooth.

IMPORTANT: Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

STRESS CRACK AROUND HUB

SAW-26

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

22. Unlock all cab doors.

STRESS CRACK

SAW-27

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

16. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and that the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

2.97

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

STARTING ENGINE, CUMMINS QSL9 1. Before starting the engine, ensure that all prestart checks have been performed and that the surrounding area is clear of personnel.

IGNITION SWITCH

5. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait 3 to 5 minutes before operating with a load.

IMPORTANT: After engine has started, keep engine speed low until engine oil pressure registers on gauge. If it does not register within 10 seconds, stop engine and investigate cause.

6. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

IMPORTANT: Do not keep the engine running at LOW IDLE for longer than 10 minutes. Fuel will not completely burn at low combustion temperatures

SAW SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL

If for some reason engine stalls while operating machine, Turn key switch to OFF position AND REPEAT STEPS (1) to (4).

860c-031

2. Sound Horn to warn of machine start-up.

Wait 15 seconds before restarting to allow engine ECM to reset completely.

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the QSL9 engine parts, DO NOT connect jumper starting or battery charging cables to any QSL9 parts. When using an external electrical source to start the engine, turn the disconnect switch to the OFF position.

IMPORTANT: Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Start engine only from operator’s seat.

244-046

IMPORTANT: The instructions written in this manual pertaining to starting, operating and stopping of the engine include excerpts from the original engine manufacturers operating manuals.

DISPLAY MODULE

3. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position; wait for the WAIT TO START message on PowerView Display to turn off.

4. Then turn ignition key switch to the start position to crank engine and then back to the RUN position.

For additional important operating and maintenance instructions, please refer to the ORIGINAL ENGINE MANUFACTURERS OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL applicable to the engine in use.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

Absence of blue or white exhaust smoke during cranking indicates no fuel is being delivered.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to the starting motor, DO NOT engage the starting motor for more than 30 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start.

2.98

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation 1. Start engine and keep throttle at low idle.

Place the anti-stall switch in the OFF position.

COLD WEATHER STARTING CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE

•

Do not activate pilot system.

•

The Cummins QSL9 engine utilizes an air intake heater grid. To avoid personal injury and property damage, NEVER use a starting fluid. Starting aid fluids, which contain Ether, can cause an explosion.

Hydraulic filter bypass light must be off before proceeding to Step 2.

•

Engine coolant temperature must reach 140°F (60°C) before proceeding to Step 2.

•

IMPORTANT: Cold start-ups can result in pump failure, refer to “HYDRAULIC OIL CHART” for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges.

Hydraulic Oil temperature must reach 20°F (-7°C) before proceeding to Step 2.

•

Check that cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 2.

WARNING

NOTE:

NOTE: At 0°F (-18°C) starting temperature it will take approximately 30 minutes to complete step 1.

Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

2. Activate pilot system and turn on saw.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

Follow the STARTING ENGINE - CUMMINS QSL9 ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START message on PowerView Display.

•

Hydraulic filter bypass light must be off.

•

Observe that blade rpm has stabilized.

•

Operate saw for approximately 5 minutes to warm up spindle bearings.

3. Turn saw OFF then increase engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements

This warning message will be ON during the “key ON” engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON during cold weather conditions to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass light comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

•

Hydraulic filter bypass light must be off.

•

Operate main boom to raise attachment of ground.

•

Operate stick boom slowly in and out.

•

Operate tilt function very slowly to prevent flow surges in the cooling system.

4. Swing upper 360° to the left then 360° to the right.

5. Operate wrist tilting head to the left then the right. Avoid going to the end of stroke during wrist operation.

6. Place travel speed switch in LOW position and drive machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. DO NOT exceed 1/2 pedal position.

7. Watch hydraulic oil temperature, it must reach 50°F (10°C) before any work may begin.

244-046

DISPLAY MODULE

During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Stop engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

2.99

8. Increase engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 90°F (32°C).

Harvesting may begin but work very slowly.

The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up. Avoid operating the boom or tilt functions quickly until the hydraulic oil is above 90°F (32°C). Work the machine for 30 minutes at 1500 rpm.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation STOPPING ENGINE

9. When hydraulic oil reaches 90°F (32°C) and machine has been operated fo 30 minutes it is safe to place the anti-stall switch in the ON position and increase engine speed to full throttle.

IMPORTANT: Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

Always follow this engine shut down procedure.

The important benefits are:

NOTE: This machine is equipped with special valves that give the track functions priority over all boom functions. When the drive pedals are depressed only a small amount of pump flow is left for the boom system. Slowing the travel speed by lifting the foot pedals will divert power to the boom system.

The optional travel speed lever lets the operator set the maximum track speed so the split between boom and track power can be tuned.

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the saw blade. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL

2. Find a clear and level area a least 50 feet from any other equipment to park the machine.

IMPORTANT: Do not pre-fill engine fuel filters used on Cummins QSL9 engines.

If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Refill fuel tank completely.

2

•

Bleed the system according to engine manual procedures.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

3. Park the machine and lower the saw head onto firm ground.

4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately 3 minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Open power engine door and place fan switch in Full ON position.

6. Do not race engine before shut-off.

3. Crank engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for 2 minutes before trying again.

7. Place fan switch in AUTO position.

8. Stop engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position.

9. Saw blade must be stopped before exiting cab.

WARNING

10. Install saw blade guard.

Never use a liquid staring aid to start an engine.

11. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (Greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

2.100

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation (l) Turn the saw ON.

MACHINE PREPARATION

After completion of the warm-up and system testing, turn the saw OFF and rest the felling head on the ground.

SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps (a) thru’ (o) to accomplish the following; •

Warm up the hydraulic system.

•

Test all systems for proper operation.

•

Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

(m) Set the swing brake to the ON position. (n) Set the throttle control to LOW IDLE

.

WARNING

IMPORTANT: If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic, otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result.

Ensure that the saw blade has stopped rotating before leaving the cab. (o) Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

Machine must be parked on level ground at last shutdown: (a) Start engine, See STARTING ENGINE.

WARNING

(b) Ensure gauges and warning lights are indicating normal operating conditions. (c) Check that all personnel are clear of the machine. (d) Press Pilot Reset switch. (e) Increase engine speed to approximately 1300 rpm.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

(f) Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom, check for proper operation.

With the felling head raised slightly off the ground: (g) Operate the accumulator and clamp arms and check for proper operation. (h) Tilt the felling head forward and back and check that it is operating correctly. (i) Swing the upper frame to the left and right. (j) When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (f) thru’’ (i) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS warning light comes on decrease engine speed immediately and continue warming the system. (k) Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem.

2.101

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED)

Controls and operation OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING

1. Select the appropriate drive range.

When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes ( up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, DO NOT travel continuously for longer than 10 minutes, take 5 minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. Place swing brake switch in OFF position.

3. Move throttle control to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to manoeuvre the machine.

2.102

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or track drive sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) NORMAL HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXPECTED IN THIS AREA

Controls and operation FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

OPERATING THE MAIN BOOM IN THIS ZONE WITH A FULL LOAD WILL NOT ALLOW THE HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION TO PERFORM AS IT SHOULD WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM THE RIGHT JOYSTICK

1. All tree harvesting should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/ DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. See appendix to SECTION 1 - USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY. 3. See ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER’S FELLING HEAD MANUAL for proper operating and maintenance instructions.

860C-003

HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION CHARACTERISTICS

This ER boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most notably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

2.103

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher CARE OF THE MACHINE

Controls and operation CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN cab

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Always install roof safety strut and right side door retaining strut before working in the engine area.

5. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

6. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE guide in this section.

7. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine.

Clean as operating conditions warrant but at least once a day all debris must be removed from the machine interior.

8. Do not apply load to a cold engine.

9. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

10. Never park machine with felling head raised off the ground. Be sure that the felling head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

11. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.104

Most windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact from large branches and falling tree tops and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, disc saw blade teeth or broken harvester head saw chain.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

• Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed.

These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

• Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

• Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

• Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • acetone • air conditioning refrigerant • ammonia • anti-freeze • benzene • brake fluid • carbon tetrachloride • cutting oils • gasoline • lacquer thinner • toluene • turpentine • xylene RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleanings or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.105

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

•

DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Do not scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: • Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer • Pine-Sol • Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • • •

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

Johnson’s Paste Wax Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2 Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.106

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

GRAFFITI REMOVAL •

•

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

window screen handknob

To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

173-25

side window screen

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

A handknob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

All handles should be hand tight only at all times.

20231A R1

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (if applicable) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches it’s destination as is may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

2.107

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Controls and operation

2.108

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE contents - section 3

FEBRUARY, 2012

A

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM .................................................................. 3.16 AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE 855*0101 TO 855*0240 ....................................................................................................................... 3.30 855*0241 TO 855*1000 ....................................................................................................................... 3.32 AIR PRECLEANER ................................................................................................................................. 3.36 C

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.29 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY ............................................................................................... 3.5 ER BOOM SYSTEM . .............................................................................................................................. 3.11 F

FILTERS CHANGING HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS ............................................................................. 3.29 ENGINE FILTERS ............................................................................................................................... 3.18 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR .................................................................................................. 3.19 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .......................................................................................................... 3.20, 3.21 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS .................................................................................................. 3.29 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS . .......................................................................................... 3.28 FIRE PREVENTION .................................................................................................................................. 3.6 FUEL TANK COMPONENTS ................................................................................................................................... 3.20 FUEL TANK SHUT-OFF VALVES . .......................................................................................................... 3.21 H

HAND FILL PUMP, HYDRAULIC OIL . .................................................................................................... 3.25 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.26 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... 3.24 L

LUBRICATION SCHEDULE .................................................................................................................... 3.13 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3.2 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT ........................................................................................... 3.2 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................................................................................................ 3.2 TIGHTENING POINTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.2 O

OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM . ............................................................................................................ 3.3, 3.4 P

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS .................................................................................................... 3.46 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 8 HOURS ...............................................................................................................................................3.7 24 HOURS .............................................................................................................................................3.8 125 HOURS ........................................................................................................................................... 3.8 250 HOURS ........................................................................................................................................... 3.8 500 HOURS ........................................................................................................................................... 3.9 1000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.10 2000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.10 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS .............................................................................................. 3.14, 3.15 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING .................................................................................................. 3.14, 3.15 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING .................................................................................. 3.14, 3.15 T

TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 3.41 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS ..................................................................................... 3.42, 3.43, 3.44 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG ................................................................................................................. 3.39

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Tightening points:~ All hydraulic connections Hose clamps

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check all leveller pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveller) Check swing bearing bolt torque

IMPORTANT!

Engine mounting bolts

BEFORE DRIVING MACHINE ENSURE THAT THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Pump mounting bolts Track shoe bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

Swing motor mounting bolts

SAG DIMENSION

Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION REFER TO SECTION 11 IN THE SERVICE MANUAL FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

853ILL8

3.2

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: •

Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

•

Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

•

Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm that the required maintenance is being done on time.

•

Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule

Location First Sample Follow-up Samples hydraulic Oil 125 hours Every 1000 hours or 6 Months Swing Drive gearbox (if applicable*) 125 hours Every Oil Change (250 hours or 1.5 Months) Track Drive gearboxes 125 hours Every 1000 hours or 6 Months Pump Drive gearbox 125 hours Every 1000 hours or 6 Months (if applicable) * Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox.

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples.

Refer also to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.3

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

h855c-31

Hydraulic Oil Samples:

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

•

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

•

Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

HYDRAULIC OIL

•

Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

•

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

Gearbox Samples:

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.4

•

These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

CAUTION ALL HANDLES, STEPS AND PLATFORMS MUST BE KEPT FREE OF GREASE, OIL, FUEL, MUD, SNOW, ICE AND FOREST DEBRIS. Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

Clean up all spills immediately.

For safety, always lower boom assembly to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

Always use clean oil and containers.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

Clean fire suppression system sensors.

Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

Before welding on machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in the WELDING, PRIOR TO of SECTION 1 in THIS MANUAL.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY:~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and escape hatch/ emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired. *Oil lost from leakage Lost oil (LITERS) Lost oil (GALLONS) per per per per per per Leakage rate day month year day month year One drop In 10 Seconds 0.424 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 One drop In 5 Seconds 0.852 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 One drop per second 4.26 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 Three Drop per Second 14.2 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 Drops Break Into Stream 90.83 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.5

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION

FILTER BREATHER

AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

MANIFOLD

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

S855C-001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in this section for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.6

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE • ‡ Boom joints: Conventional Boom; 6-fittings - purge Conventional w/Tilt Link; 12-fittings - purge ER Boom System; 12-fittings - purge • ‡ Cylinders; boom, stick & tilt; Conventional Boom; 8-fittings - purge ER Boom System; 10-fittings - purge

Frequently:~

• Check engine cooling air intake screens for possible restriction In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 mins.

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• ER Boom system: Periodically, the main boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

‡

Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground 5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints

NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/bearing surfaces.

Every 8 hours:~ • Perform frequently maintenance And in addition:~ • Check engine coolant level.

• Check engine oil level.

• Drain water from fuel/water separator.

• Check air intake precleaner operation.

• Check air cleaner unloader valve if equipped.

• Check air intake filter restriction indicator.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• Check hydraulic oil level.

• Check swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil level.

Clean:~ • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

Check:~ • All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

• Charge Air Cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately.

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Lubricate:~ • Swing pinion; 1-fitting - 10 shots With dual swing; 2-fittings - 10 shots each • Cylinders, Levelling; 4-fittings total - purge (If equipped with leveller) • Thrust bearing, Levelling; 2-fittings - purge (If equipped with leveller)

3.7

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 24 HOURS :~

EVERY 250 HOURS:~

• Perform "frequently" maintenance

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Check all hydraulic pressures.

• Replace oil in track drive gearboxes with drain plug at 6 O'clock position and fill plug at 9 O'clock.

• Lubricate rotary manifold seal; 1 fitting - 5 shots.

Do not use power grease gun.

• Lubricate each swing drive gearbox lower bearing; 4 fitting - 5 shots each gearbox.**Do not use power grease gun. **With each swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based ep2 to each side of the gearbox. Note: During cold weather the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Caution: Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result. Do not use winter grease. Grease should purge from gearbox pinion seal.

• Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil. Refer to lubrication schedule chart in THIS SECTION recommended oils.

• Lubricate leveller, intermediate pivot points; 2-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access.

(If equipped with leveller) • Lubricate leveller, upper pivot points; 4-fittings total - purge. Remove/replace protection plugs to access. (If equipped with leveller)

• Perform 8 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Lubricate swing bearing; 1-fitting - 10 shots while swinging

EVERY 125 HOURS:~ • Perform "frequently" maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Open both (L.H. side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• Check return filter bypass light is NOT ON with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Check track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O'clock and other plug at 6 O'clock.

• Check battery fluid level unless maintenance free.

• Check hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Check torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

• Carry out A/C system inspection; Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. Visually check for damage to:~ • Main and stick booms.

• Tracks, track frames and carbody.

• Swing bearing area.

• Attachment.

Make repairs immediately.

DANGER

Visually inspect for:~ • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Wear in any other components.

Clean/replace:~ • Inspect for debris buildup between radiator, oil cooler and A/C condenser.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

23526A R0

3.8

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH USE SUPPORT BRACE AS SHOWN WHEN SERVICING.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 hours:~

Check:~ • Torque on swing bearing and swing gearbox retaining bolts.

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Torque on track drive gearboxes and motor mounting bolts.

• Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Check track rollers for leakage. Rollers are filled with oil and are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Perform 250 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace engine coolant filter §.

• Check track idler assembly for leakage, the bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Replace engine fuel filters §.

• Replace filter in remote mounted fuel filter/ water separator § (if equipped - earlier machines only).

• Replace air intake safety element.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Replace hydraulic oil pre-fill filter §. † • Replace hydraulic oil return filters. § Refer to FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION. Lubricate:~ • Door and roof hinges; 12 fittings - 1 shot • Roof cylinder pins apply oil liberally.

• Other door hinges; apply oil liberally

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

LEVELLING CYLINDER 2 FTG/8 

THRUST BEARING 1 FTG/8 

THRUST BEARING 1 FTG/8 

UPPER PIVOT BEARING 2 FTG/250  2 sides 830-51

LEVELLING CYLINDER

INTERMEDIATE PIVOT BEARING

2 FTG/8 

1 FTG/250 

LEVELLER COMPONENT LUBRICATION POINTS 3.9

2 sides

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Note: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

EVERY 1000 HOURS:~ • Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance And in addition check:~ • Fuel in-tank strainer

Open plug or fitting to vent air from system

• Replace air cleaner unloader valve

EVERY 2000 HOURS:~

• Perform frequently maintenance • Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 24 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance • Perform 1000 hour maintenance And in addition:~ • Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

See AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION • Check ALL air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage • Replace hydraulic tank breather.

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suite the oil being used. Refer to computer control system ~ alternate menus~machine service - hydraulic oil in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results 3.10

fan pump suction connection

h855C-18

VENTING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM VENT AIR FROM FITTING

h855C-07

COOLING FAN MOTOR VALVE PLUGS

h855C-08

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Note: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:stick cylinders fully extended

Note: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

tip of stick boom fully supported 860C-001

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.1

hoist cylinder fully retracted

ER BOOM SYSTEM WARNING This machine may be equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted: The main and stick boom cylinder circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The boom may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the boom and head. Ensure that the head is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

tip of stick boom fully supported 860C-002

ER. BOOM SYSTEM. FIG.2

(a) The machine is parked on level ground with the head sitting flat on the ground. (b) The stick cylinders are fully extended (fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully collapsed (fig. 2). (c) The tip of the stick boom supported .

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. Also note that because of the hydraulic connection between the main boom and ER cylinders, the ER cylinder can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the MAIN BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct. Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.11

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATING RANGE

3.12

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat® Model 855C/L855C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

CHK

2

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK •

3

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

DRN

4

FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

5

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

6

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

7 8

9.5

•

•

60% ANTIFREEZE ** 40% DISTILLED WATER • SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES, CAPACITIES AND REPLACEMENT INTERVALS 1

REP

2

SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL

CHK

1

DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY CLEAN BOWL AS REQUIRED

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

1

CHK

9

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

11

HYDRAULIC TANK 855*0101 TO 855*0400 855*0401 TO 855*1000

CHK

D/R

13

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX;

15

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

16

SWING BEARING ***

17

SWING PINION SINGLE SWING DRIVE DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

REP

CHK

CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

REP

D/R

CHK

LUB 24HR *** LUB

1

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

6

CHECK RESTRICTION INDICATOR LIGHT IN CAB WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT FULL AND WITH FLOW

50 60

REP †† CHK

1 6

1.5

2

FILL WITH S 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

2

1

10 SHOTS

1

10 SHOTS EACH PINION

1 2

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR FILL WITH SAE 80W-90 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS GREASE WHILE SWINGING *** EVERY 24 HOURS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE GREASE WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING SINGLE SWING DRIVE DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

LUB *

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

1 4

19

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

LUB *

2 SHOTS

1

19

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING SINGLE SWING DRIVE DOUBLE SWING DRIVE

20

21

BOOM,STICK AND TILT JOINTS - WITH CONVENTIONAL BOOM…...

- WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM………….

22

CYLINDERS; BOOM, STICK & TILT...

- WITH ER BOOM SYSTEM………...

LEVELLER CYLINDERS

23

LEVELLER THRUST BEARING

24

LEVELLER PIVOTS

25

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

26

DOOR CYLINDER PINS

27

ATTACHMENT

CHK

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS. REFER TO SECTION 3 IN MANUAL

190 227

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, (SPIN ON)

14

18

REMARKS/LUBRICANT

REP

10

12

36

QTY

2000

1000

500

250

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

USG

COOLING SYSTEM, ENGINE

CAPACITY LITRE

1

125

8

ITEM NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

D/R 13 26

3.5 7.0

1 2

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE *REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE *REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W140 GEAR OIL LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

LUB

PURGE

LUB

PURGE

LUB

PURGE

...6 …12 …8 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE …10 4 LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

PURGE

2

PURGE

3

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

LUB

1 SHOT

12

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

LUB

LUBRICATE

4

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

LUB LUB

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE LEGEND:

LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE ** ANTIFREEZE MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS

CHK - CHECK

SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DRN - DRAIN D/R - DRAIN AND REFILL

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

LUB - LUBRICATE REP - REPLACE

855C L855C LUBCHART r4.PDF

3.13

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

swing drive lubrication- 855*0101 to 855*0400 250

20065A R0

250

20065A R0

860C-148A

860C-032

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS LUBRICATION OF swing drive gearbox LOWER BEARINGs

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS IMPORTANT: Do Not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the lube fittings. Using a hand grease gun, pump 5 shots of grease into each grease fitting. DO NOT OVERGREASE, make sure machine is warmed up in winter or lower seal can be damaged. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the grease fittings and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

250 24

20065A R0

8 250

20065A R0

860C-032

gearoil bottle

SWING PINION & BEARING FITTINGS

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

h855C-19

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots grease while swinging every 24 hours to one of the two grease fittings located on the seat pedestal in the operator's cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots grease every 8 hours while swinging to the other grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

uPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING The swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the gear oil bottle and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.14

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

swing drive lubrication - 855*0401 TO 855*1000

250

20065A R0

REAR VIEW

250

20065A R0

860C-224A 860c-230

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS LUBRICATION OF swing drive gearbox LOWER BEARINGs The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the 4 lube fittings. Using a hand grease gun, pump 5 shots of grease into each grease fitting. DO NOT OVERGREASE, make sure machine is warmed up in winter or lower seal can be damaged. Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the grease fittings and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

860C-241

LOWER BEARING GREASE FITTINGS

IMPORTANT: Do Not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

24 250

20065A R0

gearoil bottle

8 250

20065A R0

860C-96a

SWING PINION & BEARING FITTINGS

LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

h855C-19

uPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots grease while swinging every 24 hours to one of the two grease fittings located on the seat pedestal in the operator's cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 10 shots grease every 8 hours while swinging to the other grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labelled.

LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

For lubrication schedule, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

Each swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil.

Follow the lubricating procedure on the label located beside the gear oil bottle and also refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL. 3.15

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' rings and fittings during assembly.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES R134a REFRIGERANT 3 lbs. 0 oz.

PAG OIL (polyalkylene glycol)

860C-121

CAUTION

7 oz.

If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi. or less. Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver dryer is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

c. Check for dirt and debris; on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

a. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

CLEAN AND REMOVE PRE-SCREEN TO ACCESS CONDENSER CORE

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

CHECK A/C BELT TENSION AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE BEHIND PRE-SCREEN

H860C-30

Check condition of A/C belt

d. With engine stopped, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension. e. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* f.

Run air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes.

g. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* 860C-243

h. Listen to compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.*

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

b. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

i.

3.16

Check air temperature exiting vents in cab.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHARGE AIR COOLER RADIATOR OIL COOLER

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/CHARGE AIR COOLER

860C-245

SIGHT GLASS INDICATES CONDITION OF CHARGE

j.

Inspect sight glass on receiver dryer with A/C ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates system requires charging.* Check colour in moisture indicator; BLUE is OK. PINK indicates desiccant material in dryer is saturated with moisture. In this situation replace receiver/dryer, evacuate system and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

MOISTURE INDICATOR BLUE - OK. PINK - REPLACE DRYER, RECHARGE SYSTEM

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER

860C-070

* Indicates that these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

A/C RECEIVER/DRYER 3.17

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT: Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

Refer to the appropriate engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure that the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

ENGINE OIL FILTER ENGINE FUEL FILTER

h855C-08

Tier III engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended that the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

When installing a new fuel filter, do not pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

ENGINE OIL FILTER

h855C-20

IMPORTANT: Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual.

ENGINE FUEL PRE-FILTER

ENGINE FUEL FILTERS

3.18

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR PRIMER PUMP

The fuel filter/water separator is a combination unit, with a replaceable fuel filter and a removable water sediment bowl on the bottom of the unit.

The water sediment bowl is only replaced if it becomes damaged or non-functional. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

GASKET

FUEL WATER SEPARATOR

GASKET WATER SEPARATOR BOWL BOWL DRAIN

WATER SEPARATOR BOWL BOWL DRAIN

H855C-09

fuel/WATER SEPARATOR

Changing the filter: 1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Open right hand access door fully and install safety strut.

4. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

5. Attach a hose to the spout on the bowl drain and place a suitable drain pan under separator bowl drain hose.

6. Loosen vent plug on filter head, open drain on separator bowl and drain fuel into pan.

7. Disconnect the fuel heater from the wiring harness.

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR 12. Lubricate gasket for bottom of filter and water sediment bowl with clean engine oil and carefully hand tighten the water sediment bowl onto the new filter. Close the water drain valve.

13. Lubricate the gasket on top of the new filter with clean engine oil.

14. Screw the new filter on to the filter head until the gasket makes contact with the seat and then hand tighten an additional 3/4 turn only.

15. Reconnect the fuel heater to the wiring harness.

16. Turn the ignition key switch to the RUN position to release the automatic fuel shut off.

Use primer pump to refill filter until fuel free of air flows from vent on top of filter head, then tighten vent plug.

17. Start the engine and check for leaks.

18. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

8. Remove the water separator filter and bowl from the filter head.

9. Remove and discard the gasket from the filter head.

10. Remove the water sediment bowl from the bottom of the old filter. Discard this gasket also. Dispose of old filter and any fuel properly.

11. Clean the water sediment bowl, seating area for the gaskets on the filter head and the sediment bowl and close bowl drain.

3.19

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

4

3

3

4

2

2

5

5

6 1

1

5 860C-018X

5

6

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

855c-105

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK- 855*0101 to 85*0150

FUEL TANK- 855*0151 TO 855*0400

COMPONENTS

COMPONENTS

1. Fuel Cap

1. Fuel Cap

2. Fuel Level Sender

2. Fuel Level Sender

3. Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

3. Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

4. Fuel Return Check Valve

4. Fuel Return Check Valve

5. Removable Cover Plates

5. Drain Plugs - 3 plugs (one in bottom center of tank not shown)

6. Drain Plugs - 3 plugs (one in bottom center of tank not shown)

WARNING To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

3.20

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher 4

3

Lubrication and Maintenance

2

cover plate

STRAINER

1

860C-242

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK - 855*0401 - 855*1000 COMPONENTS 1. Fuel Cap 2. Fuel Level Sender 3. Fuel Supply Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 4. Fuel Return Check Valve FUEL TANK CAPACITY The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 946 L (250 gal. US).

3.21

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

cover plate

cover plate

STRAINER

STRAINER

860C-025

h855c-103

FUEL TANK STRAINER - 855*0101 to 85*0150

FUEL TANK STRAINER - 855*0151 TO 855*0400

FUEL TANK STRAINER- 855*0101 to 85*0150

FUEL TANK STRAINER- 855*0151 TO 855*0400

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the R.H. fuel tank cleanout cover.

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the R.H. fuel tank cleanout cover.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Disconnect the fuel supply and return hoses at the fuel tank. Remove the R.H. cleanout cover and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring and reinstall fuel supply and return hoses.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Remove the rear cleanout cover and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

3.22

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

cover plate

STRAINER

h855c-103

FUEL TANK STRAINER

FUEL TANK STRAINER - 855*0401 to 855*1000 A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The strainer is accessible by removing the rear cover plate.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE STRAINER: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground.

2. Stop engine. Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Drain the fuel tanks. Drain plugs accessible from underside of upper frame.

4. Remove the rear cleanout cover and “O” ring.

5. Before removing strainer, clean any debris from inside bottom of tank(s) and wipe clean.

6. Remove the fuel strainer using hex on end of strainer. Carefully clean strainer (NOTE: rough handling can cause damage).

7. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

8. Reinstall the strainer.

9. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

10. Refuel and check for leaks.

11. Turn battery disconnect switch ON and start engine, check for leaks again.

12. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

3.23

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS.

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

IMPORTANT: PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

To release pressure from the hydraulic tank:

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

FILTER BREATHER

PRESSURE GAUGE 5 psi MAX (34.5 kPa)

IMPORTANT! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs.

Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to scheduled maintenance in this section.

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

WARNING

Warning, HOT hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

860c-148

SCHRADER VALVE ~ ADD 5 psi (34.5 kPa) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close.

Note: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss.

IMPORTANT: AIR VENT VALVE MUST BE OPENED BEFORE CHANGING HYDRAULIC FILTERS AND STRAINERS OR PERFORMING ANY OTHER SERVICE ON HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITH THE AIR VENT VALVE IN THE OPEN POSITION. During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS "filter change procedure" for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. AIR BUBBLES IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL DAMAGE THE PUMPS. After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

3.24

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

shut-off valve in off position

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

HAND FILL PUMP

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

to tank via filters

S855C-001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

suction hose H855C-11

HAND FILL PUMP

To add oil to the tank; Thoroughly clean outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction hose into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank via the return filter. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter.

IMPORTANT: Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

3.25

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES

1

IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

3

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

2

4

860C-244a

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to scheduled maintenance in this section.

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

There are six replaceable filters (3) mounted on filter heads beside the tank (1) and three mesh type reusable strainers on the end of each return tube in the reservoir.

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. If the FILTER BYPASS* warning light comes on between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

WARNING

*NOTE: FILTER BYPASS warning light may come on if oil is not brought up to temperature after cold start ups. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

Warning, HOT hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION.

860C-020

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS 3.26

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

DO NOT pre-fill filter. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact with filter head.

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head. (Approximately 1 1/2 additional turns after gasket contact) DO NOT use bottom nut for filter installation or damage/leakage may result. Bottom nut is to assist in filter removal only.

11. Close AIR VENT VALVE, push handle UP.

IMPORTANT: PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM.

Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

MANIFOLD

PRESSURE GAUGE

S855C-001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

Filter change procedure: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

2. Open enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

3. Stop engine.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

Note: Levelling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic reservoir by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

Note: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

8. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

10. The Tigercat spin-on filter element is supplied with two gaskets, a round ('O' ring style) and a square section gasket. Replace the gasket with the same style as the original gasket.

FILTER HEAD

GASKET

FILTER ELEMENT

FILTR_SEALS

Gasket INSTALLATION

Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

RETURN MANIFOLD

COUPLER CONNECTION BLEED HOSE WASTE OIL CONTAINER S855C-004

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT

12. Attach bleed hose (located in the compartment behind cab above hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

13. Route hose to a waste oil container.

14. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

15. As oil is being pumped into the tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

16. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

18. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source (ie: compressed air from service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic reservoir pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least 5 minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system.

Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

21. Recheck hydraulic oil level – top up as needed.

3.27

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS/DIFFUSERS IMPORTANT: PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK. 34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

1

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

860C-244a

S855C-001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

SCHRADER VALVE

STRAINER/ DIFFUSERS

860C-019X 860C-029

RETURN TUBE STRAINER/DIFFUSERS

There are three reusable strainers/diffusers on the return tubes. The strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing or cleaning the strainer: This should be performed in the event of a pump failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

1. Park machine on level ground with felling head resting on the ground. Position upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic reservoir.

2. Stop engine.

3. Open service enclosure doors and install safety strut.

4. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

6. Drain the hydraulic tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the tank.

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER/S 7. Remove the round access cover plates (1) and 'O' rings.

8. Before removing the strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

9. Remove the three hydraulic oil return strainers using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

10. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

11. Reinstall the strainers using the hex on end.

12. Reinstall access cover plates with NEW “O” rings.

13. Add hydraulic oil to tank using fill pump.

14. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

15. Bleed air from the main, attachment, saw pumps and fan valve by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

16. Continue filling hydraulic tank using fill pump.

Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

17. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on sight gauge using fill pump.

18. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

Note: Changing strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3.28

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

IMPORTANT

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

FILTER BREATHER MANIFOLD

Lubrication and Maintenance Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine.

IMPORTANT: Only in the event of a pump or motor major failure should these elements be serviced. Always use the correct replacement element.

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE PRESSURE GAUGE

S855C-001a H855C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

STRAINER ELEMENT

SCHRADER VALVE

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

h855C-18

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

STRAINER ELEMENT

h855C-12

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

The other strainer element is located under the main valve in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A PUMP OR MOTOR CATASTROPHIC FAILURE SHOULD THESE ELEMENTS BE SERVICED.

3.29

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE - 855*0101 to 855*0400 IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

safety element

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW when changing filter elements 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

primary element air cleaner .plt

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

air filter elements

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are: OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Check connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

3.30

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

UNLOADER VALVE

H855C-04

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

H855C-04

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button.

air cleaner unloader valve

This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hrs). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1000 Hours.

NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube.

The valve should suck closed at about 1/3 of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

3.31

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE - 855*0401 TO 855*1000 MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR intake BOX

indicator in cab

AIR CLEANER

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE

860C-229

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

860C-224

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

check AIR intake daily 860C-225

The air intake should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the air intake area.

The air cleaner is equipped with a scavenging system to unload dust and dirt from the air cleaner.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

Refer also to CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER in THIS SECTION. In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

3.32

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW when changing filter elements HOUSING SERVICE COVER

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

SECONDARY ELEMENT

7. Inspect the new filter(s) before installing.

Visually check for cuts, tears, or indentations on the sealing surfaces before installation. If any damage is visible, do not install.

PRIMARY ELEMENT

8. Replace safety filter (if replacing).

Insert the safety filter tab into the positioning slot before pushing the filter in place. Using the plastic handle on the safety filter, slide the filter at an angle into the outlet side and push in place until the filter seats firmly and evenly within the housing.

PRECLEANER/ air intake HOUSING

9. Insert the primary filter.

46916b 1

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE 860C-222

FILTER HOUSING

Slide the filter down at a 5º angle until it hits the end of the housing. Push the filter toward the outlet section to complete the seal. Note: The safety filter must be installed correctly and seated firmly to allow installation of the primary filter.

INLET HOUSING

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

10. Replace the service cover.

2. Remove primary filter carefully to avoid dislodging dust from the filter element.

First loosen the filter gasket seal. Using the handle, push down on the filter to loosen the seal, tilting the filter to a 5º angle. Pull the filter out of housing.

46916b 2

3. Remove safety filter (if replacing). Note: The safety filter only needs to be replaced on every third primary air filter change.

Using the plastic handle on the face of the safety filter, pull the filter toward the center of the housing and remove.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube when replacing the safety filter.

5. Always clean sealing surfaces before inserting new filter element(s).

6. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on sealing surfaces that is causing leakage.

Place the service cover in position and fasten the latches. Note: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter isn’t installed correctly.

11. Inspect the scavenging tube. Replace if any signs of wear or damage are visible.

12. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.33

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CLEANING THE AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER SECTION OF THE AIR CLEANER In the event of light to moderate buildup of dust on the air intake precleaner tubes and/or vanes, they can be cleaned with compressed air as follows: 1. Shut off engine. Unlatch and remove the housing service cover.

HOUSING SERVICE COVER

SECONDARY ELEMENT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris.

PRECLEANER/ air intake HOUSING

2. First, direct a compressed air jet from the INSIDE of the housing.

Remove the primary element to access the inside of the housing.

Always keep the safety element in place during this procedure to prevent debris from entering the outlet tube to the engine.

3. Next, direct a compressed air jet into the air intake from the OUTSIDE of the housing.

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE 860C-222

FILTER HOUSING

INLET HOUSING

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

Note also: In extreme cases, the air cleaner may need to be removed from the vehicle and the precleaner section soaked in a non-caustic cleaning solution and warm water for approximately 30 minutes.

Primary and safety elements should be removed for this procedure. Rinse with clean water and dry thoroughly at ambient temperature. Reassemble and reinstall; tighten all connections per manufacturer’s recommendations.

4. Clean out any debris left in the housing after the procedure.

5. Reinstall the primary element.

6. Replace the service cover.

Place the service cover in position and fasten the latches. Note: If the cover doesn’t seat, remove and re-check the filter position. Cover will be difficult to install if filter isn’t installed correctly.

7. Start engine to operate the scavenging system and evacuate the dislodged debris.

8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 as required.

Note: If the buildup is heavy (for example, if the scavenging system malfunctions), the same procedure may be used but multiple cleanings may be required. In addition, the scavenging tube should be removed and contaminant lodged in the precleaner may be evacuated through the tube with a small brush and/or a shop-vac.

3.34

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

ELECTRICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

AIR intake BOX

indicator in cab AIR CLEANER

PRECLEANER SCAVENGING TUBE

860C-229

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 855*0101 to 855*0440

860C-224

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS

A filter restriction indicator is located in the engine enclosure as shown above and one is located in the cab on machines 855*0431 and up.

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

NOTE: Machines 855*0101 to 855*0430 were equipped with one mechanical and one electrical air filter restriction indicator. An optional air filter restriction indicator kit 46249B01 is available to make it easier to check the restriction indicator.

The kit adds a second mechanical indicator in the cab which is a valuable tool to assit the operator in monitoring the air filter and deciding when service is necessary.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

AIR INTAKE BOX COVER

The indicators are remote mounted and are connected to the outlet side of the air filter with a 1/4" diameter hose. Replace the primary air filter when the indicator shows RED. The indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After replacing the filter, reset the indicators by pressing the reset button.

AIR intake BOX

NOTE: Replace the safety element every third primary filter change.

855c-202

cover

During cold weather operation the cover plate on the air box can be removed and repositioned on the air box. Repositioning the cover allows warm service compartment air to enter the air box during cold weather operation.

3.35

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER - 855*0441 TO 855*1000 A precleaner was added to the air intake system on machines 855*0441 TO 855*1000. The new air intake system also includes a new air intake box to accomodate the new precleaner.

PRECLEANER

3

3 4

2 1

AIR intake BOX 855c-202

5 cover

MECHANICAL FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

480-017

PRECLEANER

AIR intake BOX

AIR CLEANER

855c-204

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 855*0441 to 855*1000

The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance.

However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

HOW IT WORKS 1. Dirty air (1) enters the Precleaner, which is clamped onto the engine air intake.

2. Specially-designed vanes (2) , curved and angled to precisely direct air flow, move the dirty air toward the stainless steel impeller (3).

3. The dynamically balanced, one piece impeller (3) (only moving part) creates a tornado inside the housing.

4. The centrifugal force of the tornado expels the heavier than air dirt particles (4), chaff, dust, snow, rain, etc., out the discharge louver 5. Cleaned air (5) enters the engine air cleaner intake pipe, and the filter element has only the very light particles to remove.

3.36

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning-and change directions whenever possible.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

Protecting steel tracks Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate. Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

In the event a counter rotation is required some Feller Buncher operators will carefully push the boom and felling head down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper frame. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear. This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring that the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse-even at slow speedscompounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.37

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Other factors:

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business.

Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues.

Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

3.38

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Controllable Wear Factors Track chain sag • TOO TIGHT TRACK CHAINS SIGNIFICANTLY SHORTENS BUSHING O.D. WEAR LIFE MEASURING TRACK SAG 1. Position attachment head in vertical position

860C-320 845-012A1

LIFT LEFT TRACK

Torque Procedure

and swing boom to side of machine.

2. Place attachment on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Stop engine.

5. Measure distance between top surface of track

860C-333

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

-

Provides controlled stretch of the bolt (about 0.3 mm). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

-

Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque

-

It is not influenced by friction / condition of mating components

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

6. This dimension should be between 4" and 6" for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

torque procedure

•

3.39

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections, final drives. Refer to section 11 of the service manual for torque specifications.

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION

THREAD DIAMETER

Cylinder, hoist and Stick, 110 mm (6336B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, hoist, 120 mm (8640B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 130 mm (46022B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, leveller (13274B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, leveller (42495B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting - Cummins 'QSl9' Engine Bolts, Front bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, Rear bracket/mount to chassis Bolts, bracket to engine, front Bolts, bracket to engine, rear Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Bell housing to engine Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (Fh400) Track shoe bolts (F8) Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts leveller,fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M58 M14

4160 126

5640 171

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

M75 M14

T/T** 129

T/T** 175

M62 M16

3525 200

4780 267

2 3/4" UNC M22

10000 480

13558 650

M75 M14

TT** 129

TT** 175

7/8" UNC M20

450-500 400

620-680 530

7/8" UNC M24 M12 M12

480 675 80 80

650 915 109 109

3/8" UNC M10

33-36 47

45-49 63

3/4" UNF M24 M20 7/8" UNC 1" UNC M24 M20 M20 M12 M20 M24

T/T* T/T* T/T* 450 682-750 675 380 380 95 380 675

T/T* T/T* T/T* 610 925-1016 915 515 515 130 515 915

T/T* represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERvICE MANUAl. T/T** represents Torque-turn, apply blue loctite to threads, then torque nut to 600 lbf-ft / 814 Nm, mark line on nut and rod then rotate nut thru 70 degrees.

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

860C 870C L870C TORQUE CHART june 2010 c2.xls

3.40

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 5 BOLTS

GRADE 8 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS gRADE 5 BOLTS gRADE 8 BOLTS LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250 4.8

METRIC

DRY LUBRICATED COARSE lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

8.8

9.8

10.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

10

5 5

SIZE

CLASS 4.8 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

10

10

5

12.9

10

12.9

12

10

12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

10

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.41

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly

FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

o-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.JPG

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.jpg

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.42

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size 1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

Thread Size NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size 1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

NON-ADJUSTABLE THREAD SIZE

SEAL-LOK

FT.LBS.( IN.LBS) 5/16-24 (310) 3/8-24 (310) 7/16-20 (310) 1/2-20 (360) 9/16-18 (420) 3/4-16 60 7/8-14 100 1 1/16-12 135 1 3/16-12 175 1 5/16-12 200 1 5/8-12 250 1 7/8-12 305 2 1/2-12 375

N-M 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS FT.LBS.( N-M IN.LBS) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

ADJUSTABLE SEAL-LOK FT.LBS.( IN.LBS) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

3.43

N-M 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS FT.LBS.( N-M IN.LBS) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S FT.LBS.( IN.LBS) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-M 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S FT.LBS.( IN.LBS) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-M 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.44

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights.

3.45

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance ®

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS Model: 855 SHEAR CARRIER Rev: ECN: Machine Function ENGINE RPM (With Cummins QSB Engine) FULL THROTTLE, NO LOAD MAXIMUM LOW IDLE, NO LOAD RATED WORKING R.H. & L.H. FINAL DRIVE CROSSLINE RELIEFS START OF REGULATION BRAKE RELEASE SPEED:

LOW DRIVE

Tigercat

Imperial

Metric

Setting

Revised By: MC' Date: ####### Effective @: 8081300 Rev

2250 RPM 950 RPM 2200 RPM

5000 3600 250 13 28

PSI PSI PSI RPM RPM

345 bar 248 bar 20 bar

(Rexroth Drive Motors) MINIMUM

MAIN PUMP ANTI-STALL SET POINT RPM (QSB) MARGIN PRESSURE *

1950 RPM 250 PSI

MAIN VALVE (Linde) MAIN RELIEF LOAD SENSE RELIEF BOOM PORT RELIEFS STICK PORT RELIEFS TILT PORT RELIEFS WRIST PORT RELIEFS SHEAR PORT RELIEFS

4550 4900 4900 4900 3300 4900

PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI

SWING SPEED VALVE POR CROSSLINE RELIEFS MOTOR 1 CROSSLINE RELIEFS MOTOR 2

6 3000 3600 3700

RPM ** SET SPEED BEFORE PRESSURES PSI 207 bar MEASURED AT 'LS' PORT PSI 248 bar MEASURED AT 'LS' PORT PSI 255 bar MEASURED AT 'LS' PORT

FROM 2250 HIGH IDLE 17 bar

315 340 340 340 228 338

bar bar bar bar bar bar

NON-ADJUSTABLE MEASURED AT 'P' PORT CRACKING PRESSURE CRACKING PRESSURE CRACKING PRESSURE FULL FLOW 'P' PORT CRACKING PRESSURE

(REF, Initial set-up only) ATTACHMENT VALVE, STANDARD MAIN RELIEF CLAMP ARMS PORT RELIEFS ACCUMULATOR ARMS PORT RELIEF *ACCUMULATOR ARMS FEED REDUCERS WRIST PORT RELIEFS

3400 3336 3336 3200 4060

ATTACHMENT PUMP POR MARGIN PRESSURE

2700 PSI 400 PSI

210 bar 28 bar

FAN PUMP STAND- BY PRESSURE MAX PRESSURE

280 PSI 2700 PSI

19 bar 185 bar

PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI

PILOT 1 of 3

855C PRESSURE Speeds.PDF

3.46

234 230 230 220 280

bar bar bar bar bar

ABOVE PORT REL;IEFS Non adjustable Non adjustable Adjustable Non adjustable

3

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance ®

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS Model: 855 SHEAR CARRIER Rev: ECN: Machine Function PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

Tigercat

Imperial 500 PSI

Metric 42 bar

3000 PSI

207 bar

Setting

Revised By: MC' Date: ####### Effective @: 8081300 Rev 1

ER VALVE (COUNTERBALANCE VALVE) DOOR PUMP MAIN RELIEF

MAIN BOOM UP MAIN BOOM DOWN STICK BOOM OUT STICK BOOM IN TILT FORWARD TILT BACK

0.5 3.5 3s 4.5 s 1 0.5

0.5 3.5 6s 6s 1 0.5

ATTACHMENT OPTIONS 30° WRIST RIGHT 30° WRIST LEFT 110° WRIST LEFT 110° WRIST RIGHT 340° WRIST RIGHT 340° WRIST LEFT

3.5s 3.5s 6s 6s 12s 12s

3.5s 3.5s 6s 6s 12s 12s

SHEAR OPEN SHEAR CLOSE NOTES:

2 of 3

3.47

5s 12 s

4s 4s

Time - With Head

Time - No Head

Conventional Boom - w/head

Machine Function

ER Boom - w/head

NOTES: All Hydraulic settings to be done with the hydraulic oil at operating temperature 140 Degrees F for summer oil or 100 Degrees F for winter oil * To set margin, operate 1 track in air in track low while holding swing against swing brake

Rev

5 s # of turns IN from MAX or Time 8s # of turns IN from MAX or Time Time only Time only 4 s # of turns IN from MAX or Time 4 s # of turns IN from MAX or Time

Set in Iqan Controller - Time Set in Iqan Controller - Time Set in Iqan Controller - Time Set in Iqan Controller - Time Set in Iqan Controller - Time Set in Iqan Controller - Time

Tigercat 855C/L855C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

3.48